1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14 #include "vim.h" 15 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17 /* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 39 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 41 { 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 44 NULL, 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 50 NULL, 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 58 }; 59 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 61 62 /* 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 64 */ 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 66 struct compl_S 67 { 68 compl_T *cp_next; 69 compl_T *cp_prev; 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 77 }; 78 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) 81 82 /* 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 88 */ 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 92 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 96 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 98 * are used. */ 99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 100 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 102 in compl_leader */ 103 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 105 FALSE the match was edited or using 106 the longest common string. */ 107 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 109 completions. */ 110 111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 112 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; 116 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 118 * which is not allowed. */ 119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; 120 121 static int compl_matches = 0; 122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; 127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 128 * that is being completed */ 129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 130 * completion started */ 131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 132 static expand_T compl_xp; 133 134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); 135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); 143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); 150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); 162 #endif 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); 165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 174 175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 179 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); 182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); 183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); 186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); 187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 192 #endif 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); 194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); 195 #if 0 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); 197 #endif 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); 199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); 200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); 201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); 203 #endif 204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); 206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); 209 #endif 210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); 211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); 216 #endif 217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); 219 #endif 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); 221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); 223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); 224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); 225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); 227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); 228 #endif 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); 231 #endif 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); 233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); 234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); 235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); 236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); 237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); 238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); 239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); 240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); 241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); 242 #ifdef FEAT_DND 243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); 244 #endif 245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); 246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); 247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); 249 #endif 250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); 254 #endif 255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); 256 257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 259 260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 265 266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 268 #endif 269 270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 271 272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 277 #endif 278 279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 280 char. Set when edit() is called. 281 after that arrow_used is used. */ 282 283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 284 under the cursor */ 285 286 /* 287 * edit(): Start inserting text. 288 * 289 * "cmdchar" can be: 290 * 'i' normal insert command 291 * 'a' normal append command 292 * 'R' replace command 293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 295 * 'g' "gI" command. 296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 298 * 299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 301 * 302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 303 */ 304 int 305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) 306 int cmdchar; 307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ 308 long count; 309 { 310 int c = 0; 311 char_u *ptr; 312 int lastc; 313 int mincol; 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 315 int i; 316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 319 #endif 320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 322 int old_topfill = -1; 323 #endif 324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 325 int replaceState = REPLACE; 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 327 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 330 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 332 * error message */ 333 check_for_delay(TRUE); 334 335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 337 if (sandbox != 0) 338 { 339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 340 return FALSE; 341 } 342 #endif 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 345 if (textlock != 0) 346 { 347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 348 return FALSE; 349 } 350 351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 354 { 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 356 return FALSE; 357 } 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 359 #endif 360 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 362 /* 363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 364 */ 365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 366 { 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') 369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 372 else 373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 375 # endif 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 377 } 378 #endif 379 380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 381 /* 382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 383 * where the paste started. 384 */ 385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 386 Insstart = where_paste_started; 387 else 388 #endif 389 { 390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 391 if (startln) 392 Insstart.col = 0; 393 } 394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 396 if (!did_ai) 397 ai_col = 0; 398 399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 400 { 401 ResetRedobuff(); 402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 405 { 406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 409 } 410 else 411 #endif 412 { 413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ 417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 418 } 419 } 420 421 if (cmdchar == 'R') 422 { 423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 425 { 426 beep_flush(); 427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 428 State = INSERT; 429 } 430 else 431 #endif 432 State = REPLACE; 433 } 434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 436 { 437 State = VREPLACE; 438 replaceState = VREPLACE; 439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 440 vr_lines_changed = 1; 441 } 442 #endif 443 else 444 State = INSERT; 445 446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 447 448 /* 449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 450 * on a TAB or special character. 451 */ 452 curs_columns(TRUE); 453 454 /* 455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 458 * when hitting <Esc>. 459 */ 460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 461 State |= LANGMAP; 462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 464 #endif 465 466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 467 setmouse(); 468 #endif 469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 470 clear_showcmd(); 471 #endif 472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 475 if (revins_on) 476 undisplay_dollar(); 477 revins_chars = 0; 478 revins_legal = 0; 479 revins_scol = -1; 480 #endif 481 482 /* 483 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 486 */ 487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 488 { 489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 490 /* 491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 493 */ 494 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 495 arrow_used = FALSE; 496 else 497 #endif 498 arrow_used = TRUE; 499 restart_edit = 0; 500 501 /* 502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 504 * correct in very rare cases). 505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 507 */ 508 validate_virtcol(); 509 update_curswant(); 510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 513 { 514 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 517 else if (has_mbyte) 518 { 519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 520 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 522 } 523 #endif 524 } 525 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 526 } 527 else 528 arrow_used = FALSE; 529 530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 532 533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 534 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 535 536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 538 #endif 539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 540 can_cindent = TRUE; 541 #endif 542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 544 * restarting. */ 545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 546 foldOpenCursor(); 547 #endif 548 549 /* 550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 553 */ 554 i = 0; 555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 556 i = showmode(); 557 558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 560 561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 563 #endif 564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 566 #endif 567 568 /* 569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 571 */ 572 ptr = get_inserted(); 573 if (ptr == NULL) 574 new_insert_skip = 0; 575 else 576 { 577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 578 vim_free(ptr); 579 } 580 581 old_indent = 0; 582 583 /* 584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 585 */ 586 for (;;) 587 { 588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 589 if (!revins_legal) 590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 591 else 592 revins_legal = 0; 593 #endif 594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 595 count = 0; 596 597 if (stop_insert_mode) 598 { 599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 600 count = 0; 601 goto doESCkey; 602 } 603 604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 605 if (!arrow_used) 606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 607 608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 609 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 610 if (stuff_empty()) 611 { 612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 613 if (need_check_timestamps) 614 check_timestamps(FALSE); 615 } 616 617 /* 618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 619 */ 620 msg_scroll = FALSE; 621 622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 625 * autocommand. */ 626 if (need_mouse_correct) 627 gui_mouse_correct(); 628 #endif 629 630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 633 foldOpenCursor(); 634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 635 if (!char_avail()) 636 foldCheckClose(); 637 #endif 638 639 /* 640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 642 * redraw. 643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 644 * something. 645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 647 */ 648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 649 && curwin->w_p_wrap 650 && !did_backspace 651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 654 #endif 655 ) 656 { 657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 658 validate_cursor_col(); 659 660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 666 #endif 667 )) 668 { 669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 671 --curwin->w_topfill; 672 else 673 #endif 674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 677 else 678 #endif 679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 680 } 681 } 682 683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 684 update_topline(); 685 686 did_backspace = FALSE; 687 688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 689 690 /* 691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 693 */ 694 ins_redraw(TRUE); 695 696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 697 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 699 #endif 700 701 update_curswant(); 702 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 703 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 704 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 705 #endif 706 707 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 708 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 709 #endif 710 711 /* 712 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 713 */ 714 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ 715 do 716 { 717 c = safe_vgetc(); 718 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 719 720 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 721 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 722 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 723 #endif 724 725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 726 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 727 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 728 #endif 729 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 730 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 731 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 732 #endif 733 734 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 735 /* 736 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 737 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 738 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 739 */ 740 if (compl_started 741 && pum_wanted() 742 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 743 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 744 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 745 { 746 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 747 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 748 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 749 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 750 continue; 751 752 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 753 if (!compl_used_match) 754 { 755 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 756 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 757 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 758 if (c == Ctrl_L 759 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 760 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 761 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 762 { 763 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 764 continue; 765 } 766 767 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 768 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 769 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 770 { 771 ins_compl_addleader(c); 772 continue; 773 } 774 775 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 776 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 777 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 778 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 779 { 780 ins_compl_delete(); 781 ins_compl_insert(); 782 } 783 } 784 } 785 786 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 787 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 788 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 789 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 790 continue; 791 #endif 792 793 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 794 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 795 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 796 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 797 { 798 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 799 ins_redraw(FALSE); 800 ++no_mapping; 801 ++allow_keys; 802 c = plain_vgetc(); 803 --no_mapping; 804 --allow_keys; 805 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 806 { 807 /* it's something else */ 808 vungetc(c); 809 c = Ctrl_BSL; 810 } 811 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 812 continue; 813 else 814 { 815 if (c == Ctrl_O) 816 { 817 ins_ctrl_o(); 818 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 819 nomove = TRUE; 820 } 821 count = 0; 822 goto doESCkey; 823 } 824 } 825 826 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 827 c = do_digraph(c); 828 #endif 829 830 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 831 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 832 goto docomplete; 833 #endif 834 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 835 { 836 ins_ctrl_v(); 837 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 838 continue; 839 } 840 841 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 842 if (cindent_on() 843 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 844 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 845 # endif 846 ) 847 { 848 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 849 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 850 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 851 * done before inserting the key. */ 852 line_is_white = inindent(0); 853 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 854 goto force_cindent; 855 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 856 && stop_arrow() == OK) 857 do_c_expr_indent(); 858 } 859 #endif 860 861 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 862 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 863 switch (c) 864 { 865 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 866 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 867 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 868 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 869 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 870 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 871 } 872 #endif 873 874 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 875 /* 876 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 877 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 878 * characters. 879 */ 880 if (ins_start_select(c)) 881 continue; 882 #endif 883 884 /* 885 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 886 */ 887 switch (c) 888 { 889 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 890 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 891 break; 892 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 893 894 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 895 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 896 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 897 { 898 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 899 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 900 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 901 nomove = TRUE; 902 goto doESCkey; 903 } 904 #endif 905 906 #ifdef UNIX 907 do_intr: 908 #endif 909 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 910 * Insert mode */ 911 if (goto_im()) 912 { 913 if (got_int) 914 { 915 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 916 got_int = FALSE; 917 } 918 else 919 vim_beep(); 920 break; 921 } 922 doESCkey: 923 /* 924 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 925 */ 926 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 927 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 928 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 929 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 930 931 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 932 { 933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 934 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 935 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 936 FALSE, curbuf); 937 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 938 #endif 939 return (c == Ctrl_O); 940 } 941 continue; 942 943 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 944 if (!p_im) 945 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 946 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 947 c = Ctrl_O; 948 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 949 950 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 951 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 952 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 953 goto docomplete; 954 #endif 955 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 956 break; 957 ins_ctrl_o(); 958 959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 960 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 961 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 962 { 963 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 964 nomove = TRUE; 965 } 966 #endif 967 count = 0; 968 goto doESCkey; 969 970 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 971 case K_KINS: 972 ins_insert(replaceState); 973 break; 974 975 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 976 break; 977 978 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF 979 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ 980 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); 981 goto doESCkey; 982 #endif 983 984 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 985 case K_F1: 986 case K_XF1: 987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 988 if (p_im) 989 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 990 goto doESCkey; 991 992 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 993 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 994 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 995 i = plain_vgetc(); 996 --no_mapping; 997 netbeans_keycommand(i); 998 break; 999 #endif 1000 1001 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1002 case NUL: 1003 case Ctrl_A: 1004 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1005 * error. */ 1006 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1007 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1008 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1009 inserted_space = FALSE; 1010 break; 1011 1012 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1013 ins_reg(); 1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1015 inserted_space = FALSE; 1016 break; 1017 1018 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1019 ins_ctrl_g(); 1020 break; 1021 1022 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1023 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1024 break; 1025 1026 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1027 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1028 if (!p_ari) 1029 goto normalchar; 1030 ins_ctrl_(); 1031 break; 1032 #endif 1033 1034 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1035 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1036 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1037 goto docomplete; 1038 #endif 1039 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1040 1041 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1042 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1043 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1044 { 1045 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1046 goto docomplete; 1047 break; 1048 } 1049 # endif 1050 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1051 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1052 inserted_space = FALSE; 1053 break; 1054 1055 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1056 case K_KDEL: 1057 ins_del(); 1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1059 break; 1060 1061 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1062 case Ctrl_H: 1063 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1064 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1065 break; 1066 1067 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1068 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1070 break; 1071 1072 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1073 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1074 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1075 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1076 goto docomplete; 1077 # endif 1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1080 inserted_space = FALSE; 1081 break; 1082 1083 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1084 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1085 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1086 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1087 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1088 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1089 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1090 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1091 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1092 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1093 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1094 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1095 case K_X1MOUSE: 1096 case K_X1DRAG: 1097 case K_X1RELEASE: 1098 case K_X2MOUSE: 1099 case K_X2DRAG: 1100 case K_X2RELEASE: 1101 ins_mouse(c); 1102 break; 1103 1104 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1105 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); 1106 break; 1107 1108 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1109 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); 1110 break; 1111 #endif 1112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1113 case K_TABLINE: 1114 case K_TABMENU: 1115 ins_tabline(c); 1116 break; 1117 #endif 1118 1119 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1120 break; 1121 1122 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1123 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1124 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1125 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1126 break; 1127 #endif 1128 1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1130 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1131 * cancelled. */ 1132 case K_F4: 1133 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1134 goto normalchar; 1135 break; 1136 #endif 1137 1138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 1139 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1140 ins_scroll(); 1141 break; 1142 1143 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1144 ins_horscroll(); 1145 break; 1146 #endif 1147 1148 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1149 case K_KHOME: 1150 case K_S_HOME: 1151 case K_C_HOME: 1152 ins_home(c); 1153 break; 1154 1155 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1156 case K_KEND: 1157 case K_S_END: 1158 case K_C_END: 1159 ins_end(c); 1160 break; 1161 1162 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1163 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1164 ins_s_left(); 1165 else 1166 ins_left(); 1167 break; 1168 1169 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1170 case K_C_LEFT: 1171 ins_s_left(); 1172 break; 1173 1174 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1175 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1176 ins_s_right(); 1177 else 1178 ins_right(); 1179 break; 1180 1181 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1182 case K_C_RIGHT: 1183 ins_s_right(); 1184 break; 1185 1186 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1187 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1188 if (pum_visible()) 1189 goto docomplete; 1190 #endif 1191 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1192 ins_pageup(); 1193 else 1194 ins_up(FALSE); 1195 break; 1196 1197 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1198 case K_PAGEUP: 1199 case K_KPAGEUP: 1200 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1201 if (pum_visible()) 1202 goto docomplete; 1203 #endif 1204 ins_pageup(); 1205 break; 1206 1207 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1208 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1209 if (pum_visible()) 1210 goto docomplete; 1211 #endif 1212 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1213 ins_pagedown(); 1214 else 1215 ins_down(FALSE); 1216 break; 1217 1218 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1219 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1220 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1221 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1222 if (pum_visible()) 1223 goto docomplete; 1224 #endif 1225 ins_pagedown(); 1226 break; 1227 1228 #ifdef FEAT_DND 1229 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1230 ins_drop(); 1231 break; 1232 #endif 1233 1234 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1235 c = TAB; 1236 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1237 1238 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1239 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1240 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1241 goto docomplete; 1242 #endif 1243 inserted_space = FALSE; 1244 if (ins_tab()) 1245 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1246 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1247 break; 1248 1249 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1250 c = CAR; 1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1252 case CAR: 1253 case NL: 1254 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1255 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1256 * cursor. */ 1257 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1258 { 1259 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1260 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1261 else /* location list window */ 1262 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1263 break; 1264 } 1265 #endif 1266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1267 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1268 { 1269 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1270 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1271 goto doESCkey; 1272 } 1273 #endif 1274 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1275 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1276 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1277 inserted_space = FALSE; 1278 break; 1279 1280 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1281 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1282 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1283 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1284 { 1285 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1286 goto docomplete; 1287 break; 1288 } 1289 # endif 1290 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1291 c = ins_digraph(); 1292 if (c == NUL) 1293 break; 1294 # endif 1295 goto normalchar; 1296 #endif 1297 1298 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1299 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1300 ins_ctrl_x(); 1301 break; 1302 1303 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1304 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1305 goto normalchar; 1306 goto docomplete; 1307 1308 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1310 goto normalchar; 1311 goto docomplete; 1312 1313 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1314 case Ctrl_S: 1315 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1316 goto normalchar; 1317 goto docomplete; 1318 #endif 1319 1320 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1321 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1322 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1323 #endif 1324 { 1325 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1326 if (p_im) 1327 { 1328 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1329 break; 1330 goto doESCkey; 1331 } 1332 goto normalchar; 1333 } 1334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1335 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1336 1337 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1338 case Ctrl_N: 1339 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1340 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1341 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1342 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1343 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1344 goto normalchar; 1345 1346 docomplete: 1347 compl_busy = TRUE; 1348 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) 1349 compl_cont_status = 0; 1350 compl_busy = FALSE; 1351 break; 1352 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1353 1354 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1355 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1356 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1357 break; 1358 1359 default: 1360 #ifdef UNIX 1361 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1362 goto do_intr; 1363 #endif 1364 1365 /* 1366 * Insert a nomal character. 1367 */ 1368 normalchar: 1369 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1370 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1371 ins_try_si(c); 1372 #endif 1373 1374 if (c == ' ') 1375 { 1376 inserted_space = TRUE; 1377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1378 if (inindent(0)) 1379 can_cindent = FALSE; 1380 #endif 1381 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1382 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1383 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1384 } 1385 1386 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( 1387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1388 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1389 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1390 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1391 #endif 1392 c)) 1393 { 1394 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1396 revins_legal++; 1397 revins_chars++; 1398 #endif 1399 } 1400 1401 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1402 1403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1404 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1405 * closed fold. */ 1406 foldOpenCursor(); 1407 #endif 1408 break; 1409 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1410 1411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1412 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1413 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 1414 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1415 #endif 1416 1417 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1418 if (arrow_used) 1419 inserted_space = FALSE; 1420 1421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1422 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1423 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1424 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1425 # endif 1426 ) 1427 { 1428 force_cindent: 1429 /* 1430 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1431 */ 1432 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1433 { 1434 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1435 /* re-indent the current line */ 1436 do_c_expr_indent(); 1437 } 1438 } 1439 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1440 1441 } /* for (;;) */ 1442 /* NOTREACHED */ 1443 } 1444 1445 /* 1446 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1447 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1448 * option work correctly. 1449 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1450 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1451 */ 1452 static void 1453 ins_redraw(ready) 1454 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ 1455 { 1456 if (!char_avail()) 1457 { 1458 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1459 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1460 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1461 if (ready && has_cursormovedI() 1462 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1463 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1464 && !pum_visible() 1465 # endif 1466 ) 1467 { 1468 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1469 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1470 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1471 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1472 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1473 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw) 1474 update_screen(0); 1475 # endif 1476 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1477 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1478 } 1479 #endif 1480 if (must_redraw) 1481 update_screen(0); 1482 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1483 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1484 showruler(FALSE); 1485 setcursor(); 1486 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1487 } 1488 } 1489 1490 /* 1491 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1492 */ 1493 static void 1494 ins_ctrl_v() 1495 { 1496 int c; 1497 1498 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1499 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1500 1501 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1502 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1503 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1504 1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1506 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1507 #endif 1508 1509 c = get_literal(); 1510 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1511 clear_showcmd(); 1512 #endif 1513 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1515 revins_chars++; 1516 revins_legal++; 1517 #endif 1518 } 1519 1520 /* 1521 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1522 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1523 */ 1524 static int pc_status; 1525 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1526 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1527 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1528 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1530 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1531 #else 1532 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ 1533 #endif 1534 static int pc_attr; 1535 static int pc_row; 1536 static int pc_col; 1537 1538 void 1539 edit_putchar(c, highlight) 1540 int c; 1541 int highlight; 1542 { 1543 int attr; 1544 1545 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1546 { 1547 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1548 validate_cursor(); 1549 if (highlight) 1550 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1551 else 1552 attr = 0; 1553 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1554 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1555 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1557 #endif 1558 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1559 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1560 { 1561 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1562 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1563 if (has_mbyte) 1564 { 1565 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1566 1567 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1568 { 1569 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1570 --curwin->w_wcol; 1571 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1572 } 1573 } 1574 # endif 1575 } 1576 else 1577 #endif 1578 { 1579 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1581 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1582 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1583 #endif 1584 } 1585 1586 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1587 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1588 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1589 #endif 1590 { 1591 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1592 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1593 } 1594 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1595 } 1596 } 1597 1598 /* 1599 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1600 */ 1601 void 1602 edit_unputchar() 1603 { 1604 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1605 { 1606 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1607 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1608 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1609 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1610 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1611 else 1612 #endif 1613 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1614 } 1615 } 1616 1617 /* 1618 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1619 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1620 */ 1621 void 1622 display_dollar(col) 1623 colnr_T col; 1624 { 1625 colnr_T save_col; 1626 1627 if (!redrawing()) 1628 return; 1629 1630 cursor_off(); 1631 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1632 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1634 if (has_mbyte) 1635 { 1636 char_u *p; 1637 1638 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1639 p = ml_get_curline(); 1640 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1641 } 1642 #endif 1643 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1644 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1645 { 1646 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1647 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1648 } 1649 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1650 } 1651 1652 /* 1653 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1654 * in insert mode. 1655 */ 1656 static void 1657 undisplay_dollar() 1658 { 1659 if (dollar_vcol) 1660 { 1661 dollar_vcol = 0; 1662 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1663 } 1664 } 1665 1666 /* 1667 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1668 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1669 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1670 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1671 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1672 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1673 */ 1674 void 1675 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) 1676 int type; 1677 int amount; 1678 int round; 1679 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1680 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ 1681 { 1682 int vcol; 1683 int last_vcol; 1684 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1685 int new_cursor_col; 1686 int i; 1687 char_u *ptr; 1688 int save_p_list; 1689 int start_col; 1690 colnr_T vc; 1691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1692 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1693 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1694 1695 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1696 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1697 { 1698 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1699 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1700 } 1701 #endif 1702 1703 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1704 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1705 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1706 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1707 vcol = vc; 1708 1709 /* 1710 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1711 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1712 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1713 */ 1714 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1715 1716 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1717 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1718 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1719 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1720 1721 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1722 1723 /* 1724 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1725 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1726 */ 1727 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1728 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1729 1730 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1731 start_col = -1; 1732 1733 /* 1734 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1735 */ 1736 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1737 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1738 else 1739 { 1740 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1741 int save_State = State; 1742 1743 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1745 State = INSERT; 1746 #endif 1747 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1749 State = save_State; 1750 #endif 1751 } 1752 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1753 1754 /* 1755 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1756 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1757 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1758 * non-blank character. 1759 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1760 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1761 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1762 */ 1763 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1764 { 1765 /* 1766 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1767 * Insstart_col to 0. 1768 */ 1769 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1770 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1771 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1772 } 1773 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1774 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1775 else 1776 { 1777 /* 1778 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1779 */ 1780 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1781 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1782 1783 /* 1784 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1785 */ 1786 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1787 new_cursor_col = -1; 1788 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1789 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1790 { 1791 last_vcol = vcol; 1792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1793 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1794 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1795 else 1796 #endif 1797 ++new_cursor_col; 1798 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1799 } 1800 vcol = last_vcol; 1801 1802 /* 1803 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1804 * the right screen column. 1805 */ 1806 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1807 { 1808 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1809 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 1810 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 1811 if (ptr != NULL) 1812 { 1813 new_cursor_col += i; 1814 ptr[i] = NUL; 1815 while (--i >= 0) 1816 ptr[i] = ' '; 1817 ins_str(ptr); 1818 vim_free(ptr); 1819 } 1820 } 1821 1822 /* 1823 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 1824 * Insstart_col to 0. 1825 */ 1826 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1827 } 1828 1829 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 1830 1831 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 1832 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1833 else 1834 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 1836 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 1837 1838 /* 1839 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 1840 */ 1841 if (State & INSERT) 1842 { 1843 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 1844 { 1845 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 1846 Insstart.col = 0; 1847 else 1848 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 1849 } 1850 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 1851 ai_col = 0; 1852 else 1853 ai_col -= insstart_less; 1854 } 1855 1856 /* 1857 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 1858 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 1859 * few characters from the replace stack. 1860 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 1861 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 1862 */ 1863 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 1864 { 1865 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 1866 { 1867 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1868 --start_col; 1869 } 1870 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 1871 { 1872 replace_push(NUL); 1873 if (replaced) 1874 { 1875 replace_push(replaced); 1876 replaced = NUL; 1877 } 1878 ++start_col; 1879 } 1880 } 1881 1882 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1883 /* 1884 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 1885 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 1886 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 1887 */ 1888 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1889 { 1890 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 1891 * even if you can't backspace. */ 1892 if (orig_line == NULL) 1893 return; 1894 1895 /* Save new line */ 1896 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 1897 if (new_line == NULL) 1898 return; 1899 1900 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 1901 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 1902 1903 /* Put back original line */ 1904 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 1905 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 1906 1907 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 1908 backspace_until_column(0); 1909 1910 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 1911 ins_bytes(new_line); 1912 1913 vim_free(new_line); 1914 } 1915 #endif 1916 } 1917 1918 /* 1919 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 1920 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 1921 * modes. 1922 */ 1923 void 1924 truncate_spaces(line) 1925 char_u *line; 1926 { 1927 int i; 1928 1929 /* find start of trailing white space */ 1930 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 1931 { 1932 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 1933 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1934 } 1935 line[i + 1] = NUL; 1936 } 1937 1938 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 1939 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 1940 /* 1941 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 1942 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 1943 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 1944 * character. 1945 */ 1946 void 1947 backspace_until_column(col) 1948 int col; 1949 { 1950 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 1951 { 1952 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 1953 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 1954 replace_do_bs(col); 1955 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 1956 break; 1957 } 1958 } 1959 #endif 1960 1961 /* 1962 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 1963 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 1964 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 1965 */ 1966 static int 1967 del_char_after_col(limit_col) 1968 int limit_col UNUSED; 1969 { 1970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1971 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 1972 { 1973 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 1974 1975 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 1976 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 1977 * composing character. */ 1978 mb_adjust_cursor(); 1979 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 1980 { 1981 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 1982 1983 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 1984 break; 1985 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 1986 } 1987 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 1988 return FALSE; 1989 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 1990 } 1991 else 1992 #endif 1993 (void)del_char(FALSE); 1994 return TRUE; 1995 } 1996 1997 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 1998 /* 1999 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2000 */ 2001 static void 2002 ins_ctrl_x() 2003 { 2004 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2005 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2006 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2007 { 2008 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2009 * compl_cont_status */ 2010 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2012 else 2013 compl_cont_status = 0; 2014 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2015 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2016 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2017 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2018 showmode(); 2019 } 2020 } 2021 2022 /* 2023 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2024 */ 2025 static int 2026 has_compl_option(dict_opt) 2027 int dict_opt; 2028 { 2029 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2030 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2031 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2032 # endif 2033 ) 2034 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2035 { 2036 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2037 edit_submode = NULL; 2038 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2039 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2040 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2041 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2042 { 2043 vim_beep(); 2044 setcursor(); 2045 out_flush(); 2046 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2047 } 2048 return FALSE; 2049 } 2050 return TRUE; 2051 } 2052 2053 /* 2054 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2055 * This depends on the current mode. 2056 */ 2057 int 2058 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) 2059 int c; 2060 { 2061 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2062 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2063 return TRUE; 2064 2065 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2066 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2067 return TRUE; 2068 2069 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2070 { 2071 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2072 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2073 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2074 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2075 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2076 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2077 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2078 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2079 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); 2080 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2081 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2082 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2083 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2084 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2085 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2086 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2087 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2088 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2089 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2090 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2091 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2092 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2093 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2094 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2095 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2096 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2097 #endif 2098 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2099 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2100 || c == Ctrl_X); 2101 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2102 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2103 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2104 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2105 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2106 #endif 2107 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2108 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2109 } 2110 EMSG(_(e_internal)); 2111 return FALSE; 2112 } 2113 2114 /* 2115 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2116 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2117 * is visible. 2118 */ 2119 static int 2120 ins_compl_accept_char(c) 2121 int c; 2122 { 2123 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2124 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2125 return vim_isIDc(c); 2126 2127 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2128 { 2129 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2130 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2131 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2132 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2133 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2134 2135 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2136 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2137 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2138 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2139 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2140 2141 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2142 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2143 return vim_isprintc(c); 2144 } 2145 return vim_iswordc(c); 2146 } 2147 2148 /* 2149 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2150 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2151 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2152 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2153 */ 2154 int 2155 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) 2156 char_u *str; 2157 int len; 2158 int icase; 2159 char_u *fname; 2160 int dir; 2161 int flags; 2162 { 2163 char_u *p; 2164 int i, c; 2165 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2166 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2167 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2168 int has_lower = FALSE; 2169 int was_letter = FALSE; 2170 2171 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2172 { 2173 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2174 2175 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2177 if (has_mbyte) 2178 { 2179 p = str; 2180 actual_len = 0; 2181 while (*p != NUL) 2182 { 2183 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2184 ++actual_len; 2185 } 2186 } 2187 else 2188 #endif 2189 actual_len = len; 2190 2191 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2193 if (has_mbyte) 2194 { 2195 p = compl_orig_text; 2196 actual_compl_length = 0; 2197 while (*p != NUL) 2198 { 2199 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2200 ++actual_compl_length; 2201 } 2202 } 2203 else 2204 #endif 2205 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2206 2207 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2208 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2209 if (wca != NULL) 2210 { 2211 p = str; 2212 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2214 if (has_mbyte) 2215 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2216 else 2217 #endif 2218 wca[i] = *(p++); 2219 2220 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2221 p = compl_orig_text; 2222 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) 2223 { 2224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2225 if (has_mbyte) 2226 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2227 else 2228 #endif 2229 c = *(p++); 2230 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2231 { 2232 has_lower = TRUE; 2233 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2234 { 2235 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2236 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2237 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2238 break; 2239 } 2240 } 2241 } 2242 2243 /* 2244 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2245 * upper case. 2246 */ 2247 if (!has_lower) 2248 { 2249 p = compl_orig_text; 2250 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) 2251 { 2252 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2253 if (has_mbyte) 2254 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2255 else 2256 #endif 2257 c = *(p++); 2258 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2259 { 2260 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2261 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2262 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2263 break; 2264 } 2265 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2266 } 2267 } 2268 2269 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2270 p = compl_orig_text; 2271 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i) 2272 { 2273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2274 if (has_mbyte) 2275 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2276 else 2277 #endif 2278 c = *(p++); 2279 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2280 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2281 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2282 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2283 } 2284 2285 /* 2286 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2287 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2288 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2289 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2290 */ 2291 p = IObuff; 2292 i = 0; 2293 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2295 if (has_mbyte) 2296 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2297 else 2298 #endif 2299 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2300 *p = NUL; 2301 2302 vim_free(wca); 2303 } 2304 2305 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2306 flags, FALSE); 2307 } 2308 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2309 } 2310 2311 /* 2312 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2313 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2314 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2315 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2316 */ 2317 static int 2318 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) 2319 char_u *str; 2320 int len; 2321 int icase; 2322 char_u *fname; 2323 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2324 int cdir; 2325 int flags; 2326 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ 2327 { 2328 compl_T *match; 2329 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2330 2331 ui_breakcheck(); 2332 if (got_int) 2333 return FAIL; 2334 if (len < 0) 2335 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2336 2337 /* 2338 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2339 */ 2340 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2341 { 2342 match = compl_first_match; 2343 do 2344 { 2345 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2346 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2347 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2348 return NOTDONE; 2349 match = match->cp_next; 2350 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2351 } 2352 2353 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2354 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2355 2356 /* 2357 * Allocate a new match structure. 2358 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2359 */ 2360 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2361 if (match == NULL) 2362 return FAIL; 2363 match->cp_number = -1; 2364 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2365 match->cp_number = 0; 2366 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2367 { 2368 vim_free(match); 2369 return FAIL; 2370 } 2371 match->cp_icase = icase; 2372 2373 /* match-fname is: 2374 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2375 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2376 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2377 if (fname != NULL 2378 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2379 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2380 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2381 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2382 else if (fname != NULL) 2383 { 2384 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2385 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2386 } 2387 else 2388 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2389 match->cp_flags = flags; 2390 2391 if (cptext != NULL) 2392 { 2393 int i; 2394 2395 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2396 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2397 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2398 } 2399 2400 /* 2401 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2402 */ 2403 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2404 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2405 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2406 { 2407 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2408 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2409 } 2410 else /* BACKWARD */ 2411 { 2412 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2413 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2414 } 2415 if (match->cp_next) 2416 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2417 if (match->cp_prev) 2418 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2419 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2420 compl_first_match = match; 2421 compl_curr_match = match; 2422 2423 /* 2424 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2425 */ 2426 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2427 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2428 2429 return OK; 2430 } 2431 2432 /* 2433 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2434 * match->cp_icase. 2435 */ 2436 static int 2437 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) 2438 compl_T *match; 2439 char_u *str; 2440 int len; 2441 { 2442 if (match->cp_icase) 2443 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2444 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2445 } 2446 2447 /* 2448 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2449 */ 2450 static void 2451 ins_compl_longest_match(match) 2452 compl_T *match; 2453 { 2454 char_u *p, *s; 2455 int c1, c2; 2456 int had_match; 2457 2458 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2459 { 2460 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2461 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2462 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2463 { 2464 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2465 ins_compl_delete(); 2466 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2467 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2468 2469 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2470 * again after redrawing. */ 2471 if (!had_match) 2472 ins_compl_delete(); 2473 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2474 } 2475 } 2476 else 2477 { 2478 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2479 p = compl_leader; 2480 s = match->cp_str; 2481 while (*p != NUL) 2482 { 2483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2484 if (has_mbyte) 2485 { 2486 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2487 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2488 } 2489 else 2490 #endif 2491 { 2492 c1 = *p; 2493 c2 = *s; 2494 } 2495 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2496 : (c1 != c2)) 2497 break; 2498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2499 if (has_mbyte) 2500 { 2501 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2502 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2503 } 2504 else 2505 #endif 2506 { 2507 ++p; 2508 ++s; 2509 } 2510 } 2511 2512 if (*p != NUL) 2513 { 2514 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2515 *p = NUL; 2516 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2517 ins_compl_delete(); 2518 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2519 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2520 2521 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2522 * again after redrawing. */ 2523 if (!had_match) 2524 ins_compl_delete(); 2525 } 2526 2527 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2528 } 2529 } 2530 2531 /* 2532 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2533 * Frees matches[]. 2534 */ 2535 static void 2536 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) 2537 int num_matches; 2538 char_u **matches; 2539 int icase; 2540 { 2541 int i; 2542 int add_r = OK; 2543 int dir = compl_direction; 2544 2545 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2546 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2547 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2548 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2549 dir = FORWARD; 2550 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2551 } 2552 2553 /* Make the completion list cyclic. 2554 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2555 */ 2556 static int 2557 ins_compl_make_cyclic() 2558 { 2559 compl_T *match; 2560 int count = 0; 2561 2562 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2563 { 2564 /* 2565 * Find the end of the list. 2566 */ 2567 match = compl_first_match; 2568 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2569 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2570 { 2571 match = match->cp_next; 2572 ++count; 2573 } 2574 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2575 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2576 } 2577 return count; 2578 } 2579 2580 /* 2581 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2582 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2583 * "list" is the list of matches. 2584 */ 2585 void 2586 set_completion(startcol, list) 2587 colnr_T startcol; 2588 list_T *list; 2589 { 2590 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2591 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2592 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2593 ins_compl_clear(); 2594 2595 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 2596 return; 2597 2598 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2599 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2600 compl_col = startcol; 2601 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2602 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2603 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2604 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2605 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2606 return; 2607 2608 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ 2609 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 2610 2611 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2612 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2613 compl_started = TRUE; 2614 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2615 compl_cont_status = 0; 2616 2617 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2618 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); 2619 out_flush(); 2620 } 2621 2622 2623 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2624 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2625 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2626 static int compl_match_arraysize; 2627 2628 /* 2629 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2630 */ 2631 static void 2632 ins_compl_upd_pum() 2633 { 2634 int h; 2635 2636 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2637 { 2638 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2639 update_screen(0); 2640 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2641 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2642 } 2643 } 2644 2645 /* 2646 * Remove any popup menu. 2647 */ 2648 static void 2649 ins_compl_del_pum() 2650 { 2651 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2652 { 2653 pum_undisplay(); 2654 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2655 compl_match_array = NULL; 2656 } 2657 } 2658 2659 /* 2660 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2661 */ 2662 static int 2663 pum_wanted() 2664 { 2665 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2666 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2667 return FALSE; 2668 2669 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2670 if (t_colors < 8 2671 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 2672 && !gui.in_use 2673 #endif 2674 ) 2675 return FALSE; 2676 return TRUE; 2677 } 2678 2679 /* 2680 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2681 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2682 */ 2683 static int 2684 pum_enough_matches() 2685 { 2686 compl_T *compl; 2687 int i; 2688 2689 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2690 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2691 compl = compl_first_match; 2692 i = 0; 2693 do 2694 { 2695 if (compl == NULL 2696 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2697 break; 2698 compl = compl->cp_next; 2699 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2700 2701 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2702 return (i >= 1); 2703 return (i >= 2); 2704 } 2705 2706 /* 2707 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2708 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2709 */ 2710 void 2711 ins_compl_show_pum() 2712 { 2713 compl_T *compl; 2714 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2715 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2716 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2717 int i; 2718 int cur = -1; 2719 colnr_T col; 2720 int lead_len = 0; 2721 2722 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2723 return; 2724 2725 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2726 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2727 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2728 #endif 2729 2730 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2731 update_screen(0); 2732 2733 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2734 { 2735 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2736 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2737 compl = compl_first_match; 2738 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2739 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2740 do 2741 { 2742 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2743 && (compl_leader == NULL 2744 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2745 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2746 compl = compl->cp_next; 2747 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2748 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2749 return; 2750 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2751 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2752 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2753 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2754 { 2755 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2756 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2757 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2758 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2759 2760 i = 0; 2761 compl = compl_first_match; 2762 do 2763 { 2764 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2765 && (compl_leader == NULL 2766 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2767 { 2768 if (!shown_match_ok) 2769 { 2770 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2771 { 2772 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2773 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2774 compl_shown_match = compl; 2775 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2776 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2777 } 2778 else 2779 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 2780 * shown match is just below it. */ 2781 shown_compl = compl; 2782 cur = i; 2783 } 2784 2785 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 2786 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 2787 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 2788 else 2789 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 2790 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 2791 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 2792 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 2793 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 2794 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 2795 else 2796 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 2797 } 2798 2799 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 2800 { 2801 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2802 2803 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 2804 * compl_shown_match. */ 2805 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2806 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2807 2808 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 2809 { 2810 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 2811 * previously displayed match. */ 2812 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 2813 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2814 } 2815 } 2816 compl = compl->cp_next; 2817 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2818 2819 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 2820 cur = -1; 2821 } 2822 } 2823 else 2824 { 2825 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 2826 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 2827 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 2828 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 2829 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 2830 { 2831 cur = i; 2832 break; 2833 } 2834 } 2835 2836 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2837 { 2838 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 2839 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 2840 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2841 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 2842 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 2843 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 2844 } 2845 } 2846 2847 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 2848 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 2849 2850 /* 2851 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 2852 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 2853 */ 2854 static void 2855 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) 2856 char_u *dict_start; 2857 char_u *pat; 2858 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 2859 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ 2860 { 2861 char_u *dict = dict_start; 2862 char_u *ptr; 2863 char_u *buf; 2864 regmatch_T regmatch; 2865 char_u **files; 2866 int count; 2867 int save_p_scs; 2868 int dir = compl_direction; 2869 2870 if (*dict == NUL) 2871 { 2872 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2873 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 2874 * "spell". */ 2875 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 2876 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 2877 else 2878 #endif 2879 return; 2880 } 2881 2882 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 2883 if (buf == NULL) 2884 return; 2885 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 2886 2887 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 2888 save_p_scs = p_scs; 2889 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 2890 p_scs = FALSE; 2891 2892 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 2893 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 2894 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 2895 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 2896 { 2897 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 2898 size_t len; 2899 2900 if (pat_esc == NULL) 2901 goto theend; 2902 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 2903 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 2904 if (ptr == NULL) 2905 { 2906 vim_free(pat_esc); 2907 goto theend; 2908 } 2909 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 2910 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 2911 vim_free(pat_esc); 2912 vim_free(ptr); 2913 } 2914 else 2915 { 2916 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 2917 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 2918 goto theend; 2919 } 2920 2921 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 2922 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 2923 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 2924 { 2925 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 2926 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 2927 { 2928 count = 1; 2929 files = &dict; 2930 } 2931 else 2932 { 2933 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 2934 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 2935 * a modeline). */ 2936 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 2937 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2938 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 2939 count = -1; 2940 else 2941 # endif 2942 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 2943 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 2944 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 2945 count = 0; 2946 } 2947 2948 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2949 if (count == -1) 2950 { 2951 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 2952 * don't use it as a RE. */ 2953 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 2954 ptr = pat + 2; 2955 else 2956 ptr = pat; 2957 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 2958 } 2959 else 2960 # endif 2961 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 2962 { 2963 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 2964 ®match, buf, &dir); 2965 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 2966 FreeWild(count, files); 2967 } 2968 if (flags != 0) 2969 break; 2970 } 2971 2972 theend: 2973 p_scs = save_p_scs; 2974 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 2975 vim_free(buf); 2976 } 2977 2978 static void 2979 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) 2980 int count; 2981 char_u **files; 2982 int thesaurus; 2983 int flags; 2984 regmatch_T *regmatch; 2985 char_u *buf; 2986 int *dir; 2987 { 2988 char_u *ptr; 2989 int i; 2990 FILE *fp; 2991 int add_r; 2992 2993 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 2994 { 2995 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 2996 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 2997 { 2998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 2999 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3000 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3001 } 3002 3003 if (fp != NULL) 3004 { 3005 /* 3006 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3007 * Check each line for a match. 3008 */ 3009 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3010 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3011 { 3012 ptr = buf; 3013 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3014 { 3015 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3016 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3017 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3018 else 3019 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3020 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3021 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3022 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3023 if (thesaurus) 3024 { 3025 char_u *wstart; 3026 3027 /* 3028 * Add the other matches on the line 3029 */ 3030 ptr = buf; 3031 while (!got_int) 3032 { 3033 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3034 * space and punctuation. */ 3035 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3036 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3037 break; 3038 wstart = ptr; 3039 3040 /* Find end of the word. */ 3041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3042 if (has_mbyte) 3043 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3044 * different classes, only separate words 3045 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3046 while (*ptr != NUL) 3047 { 3048 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3049 3050 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3051 break; 3052 ptr += l; 3053 } 3054 else 3055 #endif 3056 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3057 3058 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3059 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3060 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3061 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3062 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3063 } 3064 } 3065 if (add_r == OK) 3066 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3067 *dir = FORWARD; 3068 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3069 break; 3070 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3071 * of line */ 3072 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3073 break; 3074 } 3075 line_breakcheck(); 3076 ins_compl_check_keys(50); 3077 } 3078 fclose(fp); 3079 } 3080 } 3081 } 3082 3083 /* 3084 * Find the start of the next word. 3085 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3086 */ 3087 char_u * 3088 find_word_start(ptr) 3089 char_u *ptr; 3090 { 3091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3092 if (has_mbyte) 3093 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3094 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3095 else 3096 #endif 3097 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3098 ++ptr; 3099 return ptr; 3100 } 3101 3102 /* 3103 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3104 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3105 */ 3106 char_u * 3107 find_word_end(ptr) 3108 char_u *ptr; 3109 { 3110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3111 int start_class; 3112 3113 if (has_mbyte) 3114 { 3115 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3116 if (start_class > 1) 3117 while (*ptr != NUL) 3118 { 3119 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3120 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3121 break; 3122 } 3123 } 3124 else 3125 #endif 3126 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3127 ++ptr; 3128 return ptr; 3129 } 3130 3131 /* 3132 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3133 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3134 */ 3135 static char_u * 3136 find_line_end(ptr) 3137 char_u *ptr; 3138 { 3139 char_u *s; 3140 3141 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3142 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3143 --s; 3144 return s; 3145 } 3146 3147 /* 3148 * Free the list of completions 3149 */ 3150 static void 3151 ins_compl_free() 3152 { 3153 compl_T *match; 3154 int i; 3155 3156 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3157 compl_pattern = NULL; 3158 vim_free(compl_leader); 3159 compl_leader = NULL; 3160 3161 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3162 return; 3163 3164 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3165 pum_clear(); 3166 3167 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3168 do 3169 { 3170 match = compl_curr_match; 3171 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3172 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3173 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3174 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3175 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3176 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3177 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3178 vim_free(match); 3179 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3180 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3181 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3182 } 3183 3184 static void 3185 ins_compl_clear() 3186 { 3187 compl_cont_status = 0; 3188 compl_started = FALSE; 3189 compl_matches = 0; 3190 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3191 compl_pattern = NULL; 3192 vim_free(compl_leader); 3193 compl_leader = NULL; 3194 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3195 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3196 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3197 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3198 } 3199 3200 /* 3201 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3202 */ 3203 int 3204 ins_compl_active() 3205 { 3206 return compl_started; 3207 } 3208 3209 /* 3210 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3211 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3212 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3213 * to be got from the user. 3214 */ 3215 static int 3216 ins_compl_bs() 3217 { 3218 char_u *line; 3219 char_u *p; 3220 3221 line = ml_get_curline(); 3222 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3223 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3224 3225 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3226 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3227 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3228 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3229 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) 3230 return K_BS; 3231 3232 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3233 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3235 || compl_was_interrupted) 3236 ins_compl_restart(); 3237 3238 vim_free(compl_leader); 3239 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3240 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3241 { 3242 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3243 return NUL; 3244 } 3245 return K_BS; 3246 } 3247 3248 /* 3249 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3250 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3251 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3252 */ 3253 static void 3254 ins_compl_new_leader() 3255 { 3256 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3257 ins_compl_delete(); 3258 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3259 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3260 3261 if (compl_started) 3262 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3263 else 3264 { 3265 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3266 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3267 #endif 3268 /* 3269 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3270 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3271 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3272 */ 3273 update_screen(0); 3274 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3275 if (gui.in_use) 3276 { 3277 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3278 setcursor(); 3279 out_flush(); 3280 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3281 } 3282 #endif 3283 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3284 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) 3285 compl_cont_status = 0; 3286 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3287 } 3288 3289 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ 3290 if (!compl_used_match) 3291 { 3292 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ 3293 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL 3294 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) 3295 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; 3296 else 3297 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; 3298 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 3299 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 3300 } 3301 #endif 3302 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3303 3304 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3305 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3306 3307 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3308 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3309 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3310 } 3311 3312 /* 3313 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3314 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3315 */ 3316 static int 3317 ins_compl_len() 3318 { 3319 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3320 3321 if (off < 0) 3322 return 0; 3323 return off; 3324 } 3325 3326 /* 3327 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3328 * matches. 3329 */ 3330 static void 3331 ins_compl_addleader(c) 3332 int c; 3333 { 3334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3335 int cc; 3336 3337 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3338 { 3339 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3340 3341 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3342 buf[cc] = NUL; 3343 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3344 } 3345 else 3346 #endif 3347 ins_char(c); 3348 3349 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3350 if (compl_was_interrupted) 3351 ins_compl_restart(); 3352 3353 vim_free(compl_leader); 3354 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3355 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3356 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3357 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3358 } 3359 3360 /* 3361 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3362 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3363 */ 3364 static void 3365 ins_compl_restart() 3366 { 3367 ins_compl_free(); 3368 compl_started = FALSE; 3369 compl_matches = 0; 3370 compl_cont_status = 0; 3371 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3372 } 3373 3374 /* 3375 * Set the first match, the original text. 3376 */ 3377 static void 3378 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) 3379 char_u *str; 3380 { 3381 char_u *p; 3382 3383 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3384 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3385 { 3386 p = vim_strsave(str); 3387 if (p != NULL) 3388 { 3389 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3390 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3391 } 3392 } 3393 } 3394 3395 /* 3396 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3397 * matches. 3398 */ 3399 static void 3400 ins_compl_addfrommatch() 3401 { 3402 char_u *p; 3403 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3404 int c; 3405 compl_T *cp; 3406 3407 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3408 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3409 { 3410 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3411 * the leader. */ 3412 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3413 { 3414 p = NULL; 3415 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3416 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3417 { 3418 if (compl_leader == NULL 3419 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3420 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3421 { 3422 p = cp->cp_str; 3423 break; 3424 } 3425 } 3426 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3427 return; 3428 } 3429 else 3430 return; 3431 } 3432 p += len; 3433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3434 c = mb_ptr2char(p); 3435 #else 3436 c = *p; 3437 #endif 3438 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3439 } 3440 3441 /* 3442 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3443 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3444 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3445 */ 3446 static int 3447 ins_compl_prep(c) 3448 int c; 3449 { 3450 char_u *ptr; 3451 int want_cindent; 3452 int retval = FALSE; 3453 3454 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3455 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3456 */ 3457 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3458 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3459 3460 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3461 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) 3462 return retval; 3463 3464 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3465 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3466 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3467 { 3468 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); 3469 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3470 } 3471 3472 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3473 { 3474 /* 3475 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3476 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3477 */ 3478 switch (c) 3479 { 3480 case Ctrl_E: 3481 case Ctrl_Y: 3482 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3483 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3484 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3485 else 3486 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3487 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3488 showmode(); 3489 break; 3490 case Ctrl_L: 3491 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3492 break; 3493 case Ctrl_F: 3494 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3495 break; 3496 case Ctrl_K: 3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3498 break; 3499 case Ctrl_R: 3500 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3501 break; 3502 case Ctrl_T: 3503 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3504 break; 3505 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3506 case Ctrl_U: 3507 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3508 break; 3509 case Ctrl_O: 3510 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3511 break; 3512 #endif 3513 case 's': 3514 case Ctrl_S: 3515 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3516 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3517 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3518 spell_back_to_badword(); 3519 --emsg_off; 3520 #endif 3521 break; 3522 case Ctrl_RSB: 3523 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3524 break; 3525 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3526 case Ctrl_I: 3527 case K_S_TAB: 3528 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3529 break; 3530 case Ctrl_D: 3531 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3532 break; 3533 #endif 3534 case Ctrl_V: 3535 case Ctrl_Q: 3536 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3537 break; 3538 case Ctrl_P: 3539 case Ctrl_N: 3540 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3541 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3542 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3543 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3544 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3545 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3546 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3547 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3548 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3549 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3550 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3551 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3552 default: 3553 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3554 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3555 * mode). 3556 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3557 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3558 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3559 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3560 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3561 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3562 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3563 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3564 { 3565 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3566 compl_cont_status = 0; 3567 else 3568 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3569 } 3570 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3571 edit_submode = NULL; 3572 showmode(); 3573 break; 3574 } 3575 } 3576 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3577 { 3578 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3579 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3580 { 3581 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3582 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3583 else 3584 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3585 edit_submode = NULL; 3586 } 3587 showmode(); 3588 } 3589 3590 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3591 { 3592 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3593 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3594 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3595 showmode(); 3596 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3597 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3598 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3599 { 3600 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3601 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3602 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3603 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3604 { 3605 char_u *p; 3606 int temp = 0; 3607 3608 /* 3609 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3610 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3611 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3612 * of the original text that has changed. 3613 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3614 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3615 */ 3616 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3617 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3618 else if (compl_leader != NULL) 3619 ptr = compl_leader; 3620 else 3621 ptr = compl_orig_text; 3622 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3623 { 3624 p = compl_orig_text; 3625 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; 3626 ++temp) 3627 ; 3628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3629 if (temp > 0) 3630 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); 3631 #endif 3632 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3633 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3634 } 3635 if (ptr != NULL) 3636 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); 3637 } 3638 3639 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3640 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3641 #endif 3642 /* 3643 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3644 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3645 */ 3646 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3647 { 3648 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3649 /* re-indent the current line */ 3650 if (want_cindent) 3651 { 3652 do_c_expr_indent(); 3653 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3654 } 3655 #endif 3656 } 3657 else 3658 { 3659 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3660 3661 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3662 if (prev_col > 0) 3663 dec_cursor(); 3664 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 3665 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3666 if (prev_col > 0 3667 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3668 inc_cursor(); 3669 } 3670 3671 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3672 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3673 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3674 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3675 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3676 && pum_visible()) 3677 retval = TRUE; 3678 3679 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ 3680 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3681 { 3682 ins_compl_delete(); 3683 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3684 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3685 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3686 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3687 retval = TRUE; 3688 } 3689 3690 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3691 3692 ins_compl_free(); 3693 compl_started = FALSE; 3694 compl_matches = 0; 3695 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3696 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3697 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3698 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3699 { 3700 edit_submode = NULL; 3701 showmode(); 3702 } 3703 3704 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3705 /* 3706 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3707 */ 3708 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3709 do_c_expr_indent(); 3710 #endif 3711 } 3712 } 3713 3714 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3715 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3716 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3717 { 3718 compl_cont_status = 0; 3719 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3720 } 3721 3722 return retval; 3723 } 3724 3725 /* 3726 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3727 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3728 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 3729 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 3730 * 3731 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 3732 */ 3733 static buf_T * 3734 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) 3735 buf_T *buf; 3736 int flag; 3737 { 3738 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3739 static win_T *wp; 3740 #endif 3741 3742 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 3743 { 3744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3745 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 3746 wp = curwin; 3747 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 3748 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 3749 ; 3750 buf = wp->w_buffer; 3751 #else 3752 buf = curbuf; 3753 #endif 3754 } 3755 else 3756 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 3757 * (unlisted buffers) 3758 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 3759 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 3760 && ((flag == 'U' 3761 ? buf->b_p_bl 3762 : (!buf->b_p_bl 3763 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 3764 || buf->b_scanned)) 3765 ; 3766 return buf; 3767 } 3768 3769 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3770 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); 3771 3772 /* 3773 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 3774 * get matches in "matches". 3775 */ 3776 static void 3777 expand_by_function(type, base) 3778 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 3779 char_u *base; 3780 { 3781 list_T *matchlist; 3782 char_u *args[2]; 3783 char_u *funcname; 3784 pos_T pos; 3785 3786 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 3787 if (*funcname == NUL) 3788 return; 3789 3790 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 3791 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 3792 args[1] = base; 3793 3794 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 3795 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 3796 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 3797 if (matchlist == NULL) 3798 return; 3799 3800 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 3801 list_unref(matchlist); 3802 } 3803 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 3804 3805 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 3806 /* 3807 * Add completions from a list. 3808 */ 3809 static void 3810 ins_compl_add_list(list) 3811 list_T *list; 3812 { 3813 listitem_T *li; 3814 int dir = compl_direction; 3815 3816 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 3817 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3818 { 3819 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 3820 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3821 dir = FORWARD; 3822 else if (did_emsg) 3823 break; 3824 } 3825 } 3826 3827 /* 3828 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 3829 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 3830 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 3831 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 3832 */ 3833 int 3834 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) 3835 typval_T *tv; 3836 int dir; 3837 { 3838 char_u *word; 3839 int icase = FALSE; 3840 int adup = FALSE; 3841 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 3842 3843 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 3844 { 3845 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 3846 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3847 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 3848 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3849 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 3850 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3851 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 3852 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3853 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 3854 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 3855 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 3856 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 3857 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 3858 } 3859 else 3860 { 3861 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 3862 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 3863 } 3864 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) 3865 return FAIL; 3866 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 3867 } 3868 #endif 3869 3870 /* 3871 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 3872 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 3873 * compl_direction. 3874 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 3875 * where we stopped searching before. 3876 * This may return before finding all the matches. 3877 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 3878 */ 3879 static int 3880 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) 3881 pos_T *ini; 3882 { 3883 static pos_T first_match_pos; 3884 static pos_T last_match_pos; 3885 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 3886 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 3887 certain type. */ 3888 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 3889 3890 pos_T *pos; 3891 char_u **matches; 3892 int save_p_scs; 3893 int save_p_ws; 3894 int save_p_ic; 3895 int i; 3896 int num_matches; 3897 int len; 3898 int found_new_match; 3899 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 3900 char_u *ptr; 3901 char_u *dict = NULL; 3902 int dict_f = 0; 3903 compl_T *old_match; 3904 3905 if (!compl_started) 3906 { 3907 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) 3908 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 3909 found_all = FALSE; 3910 ins_buf = curbuf; 3911 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 3912 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 3913 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 3914 } 3915 3916 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 3917 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 3918 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 3919 for (;;) 3920 { 3921 found_new_match = FAIL; 3922 3923 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 3924 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 3925 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 3926 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3927 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 3928 { 3929 found_all = FALSE; 3930 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 3931 e_cpt++; 3932 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 3933 { 3934 ins_buf = curbuf; 3935 first_match_pos = *ini; 3936 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 3937 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 3938 dec(&first_match_pos); 3939 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 3940 type = 0; 3941 } 3942 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 3943 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 3944 { 3945 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 3946 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 3947 { 3948 compl_started = TRUE; 3949 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 3950 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 3951 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 3952 type = 0; 3953 } 3954 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 3955 { 3956 found_all = TRUE; 3957 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 3958 continue; 3959 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3960 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 3961 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 3962 } 3963 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 3964 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 3965 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 3966 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 3967 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname 3968 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); 3969 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3970 } 3971 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 3972 break; 3973 else 3974 { 3975 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3976 type = -1; 3977 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 3978 { 3979 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 3980 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3981 else 3982 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3983 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 3984 { 3985 dict = e_cpt; 3986 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 3987 } 3988 } 3989 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3990 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 3991 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3992 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 3993 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3994 #endif 3995 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 3996 { 3997 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 3999 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4000 } 4001 else 4002 type = -1; 4003 4004 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4005 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4006 4007 found_all = TRUE; 4008 if (type == -1) 4009 continue; 4010 } 4011 } 4012 4013 switch (type) 4014 { 4015 case -1: 4016 break; 4017 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4018 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4019 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4020 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4021 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4022 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4023 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4024 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4025 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4026 break; 4027 #endif 4028 4029 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4030 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4031 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4032 dict != NULL ? dict 4033 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4034 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4035 ? p_tsr 4036 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4037 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4038 ? p_dict 4039 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4040 compl_pattern, 4041 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4042 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4043 dict = NULL; 4044 break; 4045 4046 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4047 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4048 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4049 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4050 4051 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4052 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4053 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4054 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4055 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4056 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4057 { 4058 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4059 } 4060 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4061 break; 4062 4063 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4064 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4065 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4066 { 4067 4068 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4069 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4070 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, 4071 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME 4072 TRUE 4073 #else 4074 FALSE 4075 #endif 4076 ); 4077 } 4078 break; 4079 4080 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4081 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4082 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4083 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4084 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4085 break; 4086 4087 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4088 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4089 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4090 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4091 break; 4092 #endif 4093 4094 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4095 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4096 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4097 compl_pattern, &matches); 4098 if (num_matches > 0) 4099 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4100 #endif 4101 break; 4102 4103 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4104 /* 4105 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4106 */ 4107 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4108 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4109 p_scs = FALSE; 4110 4111 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4112 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4113 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4114 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4115 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4116 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4117 p_ws = FALSE; 4118 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4119 p_ws = TRUE; 4120 for (;;) 4121 { 4122 int flags = 0; 4123 4124 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4125 4126 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that 4127 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4128 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 4129 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4130 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4131 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4132 else 4133 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4134 compl_direction, 4135 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4136 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4137 --msg_silent; 4138 if (!compl_started) 4139 { 4140 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4141 compl_started = TRUE; 4142 first_match_pos = *pos; 4143 last_match_pos = *pos; 4144 } 4145 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4146 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4147 found_new_match = FAIL; 4148 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4149 { 4150 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4151 found_all = TRUE; 4152 break; 4153 } 4154 4155 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4156 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4157 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4158 && ini->col == pos->col) 4159 continue; 4160 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4161 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4162 { 4163 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4164 { 4165 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4166 continue; 4167 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4168 if (!p_paste) 4169 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4170 } 4171 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4172 } 4173 else 4174 { 4175 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4176 4177 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4178 { 4179 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4180 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4181 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4182 continue; 4183 /* Find start of next word. */ 4184 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4185 } 4186 /* Find end of this word. */ 4187 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4188 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4189 4190 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4191 && len == compl_length) 4192 { 4193 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4194 { 4195 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4196 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4197 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4198 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4199 * works -- Acevedo */ 4200 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4201 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4202 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4203 /* Find start of next word. */ 4204 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4205 /* Find end of next word. */ 4206 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4207 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4208 { 4209 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4210 { 4211 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4212 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4213 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4214 if (p_js 4215 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4216 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4217 == NULL 4218 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4219 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4220 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4221 } 4222 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4223 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4224 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4225 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4226 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4227 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4228 } 4229 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4230 ptr = IObuff; 4231 } 4232 if (len == compl_length) 4233 continue; 4234 } 4235 } 4236 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4237 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4238 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4239 { 4240 found_new_match = OK; 4241 break; 4242 } 4243 } 4244 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4245 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4246 } 4247 4248 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4249 * expansion added something) */ 4250 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4251 found_new_match = OK; 4252 4253 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4254 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4255 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4256 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4257 { 4258 if (got_int) 4259 break; 4260 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4261 if (type != -1) 4262 ins_compl_check_keys(0); 4263 4264 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4265 || compl_interrupted) 4266 break; 4267 compl_started = TRUE; 4268 } 4269 else 4270 { 4271 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4272 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4273 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4274 4275 compl_started = FALSE; 4276 } 4277 } 4278 compl_started = TRUE; 4279 4280 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4281 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4282 found_new_match = FAIL; 4283 4284 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4285 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4286 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) 4287 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4288 4289 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4290 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4291 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4292 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4293 : old_match->cp_prev; 4294 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4295 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4296 return i; 4297 } 4298 4299 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4300 static void 4301 ins_compl_delete() 4302 { 4303 int i; 4304 4305 /* 4306 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4307 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4308 */ 4309 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4310 backspace_until_column(i); 4311 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4312 } 4313 4314 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ 4315 static void 4316 ins_compl_insert() 4317 { 4318 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4319 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4320 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4321 else 4322 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4323 } 4324 4325 /* 4326 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4327 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4328 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4329 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4330 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4331 * through the ones found so far. 4332 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4333 * 4334 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4335 * compl_shown_match here. 4336 * 4337 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4338 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4339 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4340 */ 4341 static int 4342 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) 4343 int allow_get_expansion; 4344 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should 4345 be at least 1 */ 4346 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4347 { 4348 int num_matches = -1; 4349 int i; 4350 int todo = count; 4351 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4352 int found_end = FALSE; 4353 int advance; 4354 4355 if (compl_leader != NULL 4356 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4357 { 4358 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4359 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4360 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4361 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4362 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4363 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4364 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4365 4366 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4367 * backward, find the last match. */ 4368 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4369 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4370 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4371 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4372 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4373 { 4374 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4375 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4376 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4377 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4378 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4379 } 4380 } 4381 4382 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4383 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4384 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4385 ins_compl_delete(); 4386 4387 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4388 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4389 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4390 4391 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4392 if (compl_restarting) 4393 { 4394 advance = FALSE; 4395 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4396 } 4397 4398 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4399 * around. */ 4400 while (--todo >= 0) 4401 { 4402 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4403 { 4404 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4405 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4406 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4407 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4408 } 4409 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4410 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4411 { 4412 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4413 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4414 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4415 } 4416 else 4417 { 4418 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4419 { 4420 if (advance) 4421 { 4422 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4423 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4424 else 4425 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4426 } 4427 return -1; 4428 } 4429 4430 if (advance) 4431 { 4432 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4433 --compl_pending; 4434 else 4435 ++compl_pending; 4436 } 4437 4438 /* Find matches. */ 4439 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4440 4441 /* handle any pending completions */ 4442 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4443 && advance) 4444 { 4445 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4446 { 4447 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4448 --compl_pending; 4449 } 4450 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4451 { 4452 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4453 ++compl_pending; 4454 } 4455 else 4456 break; 4457 } 4458 found_end = FALSE; 4459 } 4460 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4461 && compl_leader != NULL 4462 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4463 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4464 ++todo; 4465 else 4466 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4467 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4468 4469 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4470 if (found_end) 4471 { 4472 if (found_compl != NULL) 4473 { 4474 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4475 break; 4476 } 4477 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4478 } 4479 } 4480 4481 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4482 if (insert_match) 4483 { 4484 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4485 ins_compl_insert(); 4486 else 4487 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4488 } 4489 else 4490 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4491 4492 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4493 { 4494 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4495 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4496 4497 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4498 update_screen(0); 4499 4500 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4501 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4502 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 4503 if (gui.in_use) 4504 { 4505 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4506 setcursor(); 4507 out_flush(); 4508 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4509 } 4510 #endif 4511 4512 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4513 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4514 ins_compl_delete(); 4515 } 4516 4517 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4518 * menu is visible. */ 4519 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4520 4521 /* 4522 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4523 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4524 */ 4525 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4526 { 4527 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4528 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4529 if (i <= 0) 4530 i = 0; 4531 else 4532 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4533 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4534 msg(IObuff); 4535 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4536 } 4537 4538 return num_matches; 4539 } 4540 4541 /* 4542 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4543 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4544 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4545 * possible. -- webb 4546 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4547 */ 4548 void 4549 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) 4550 int frequency; 4551 { 4552 static int count = 0; 4553 4554 int c; 4555 4556 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4557 * scripts */ 4558 if (using_script()) 4559 return; 4560 4561 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4562 if (++count < frequency) 4563 return; 4564 count = 0; 4565 4566 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4567 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4568 c = vpeekc_any(); 4569 if (c != NUL) 4570 { 4571 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4572 { 4573 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4574 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4575 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4576 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); 4577 } 4578 else 4579 { 4580 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4581 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4582 c = safe_vgetc(); 4583 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4584 { 4585 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4586 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4587 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4588 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4589 4590 vungetc(c); 4591 } 4592 } 4593 } 4594 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) 4595 { 4596 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4597 4598 compl_pending = 0; 4599 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); 4600 } 4601 } 4602 4603 /* 4604 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4605 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4606 */ 4607 static int 4608 ins_compl_key2dir(c) 4609 int c; 4610 { 4611 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4612 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP 4613 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) 4614 return BACKWARD; 4615 return FORWARD; 4616 } 4617 4618 /* 4619 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 4620 * is visible. 4621 */ 4622 static int 4623 ins_compl_pum_key(c) 4624 int c; 4625 { 4626 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 4627 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 4628 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 4629 } 4630 4631 /* 4632 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 4633 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 4634 */ 4635 static int 4636 ins_compl_key2count(c) 4637 int c; 4638 { 4639 int h; 4640 4641 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 4642 { 4643 h = pum_get_height(); 4644 if (h > 3) 4645 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 4646 return h; 4647 } 4648 return 1; 4649 } 4650 4651 /* 4652 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 4653 * to change the currently selected completion. 4654 */ 4655 static int 4656 ins_compl_use_match(c) 4657 int c; 4658 { 4659 switch (c) 4660 { 4661 case K_UP: 4662 case K_DOWN: 4663 case K_PAGEDOWN: 4664 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 4665 case K_S_DOWN: 4666 case K_PAGEUP: 4667 case K_KPAGEUP: 4668 case K_S_UP: 4669 return FALSE; 4670 } 4671 return TRUE; 4672 } 4673 4674 /* 4675 * Do Insert mode completion. 4676 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 4677 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 4678 */ 4679 static int 4680 ins_complete(c) 4681 int c; 4682 { 4683 char_u *line; 4684 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 4685 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 4686 int n; 4687 int save_w_wrow; 4688 4689 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4690 if (!compl_started) 4691 { 4692 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 4693 4694 did_ai = FALSE; 4695 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 4696 did_si = FALSE; 4697 can_si = FALSE; 4698 can_si_back = FALSE; 4699 #endif 4700 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4701 return FAIL; 4702 4703 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4704 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4705 compl_pending = 0; 4706 4707 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 4708 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 4709 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 4710 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 4711 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 4712 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 4713 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 4714 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 4715 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 4716 { 4717 /* 4718 * it is a continued search 4719 */ 4720 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 4721 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 4722 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4723 { 4724 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4725 { 4726 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 4727 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 4728 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 4729 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 4730 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4731 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 4732 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4733 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 4734 } 4735 else 4736 { 4737 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 4738 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 4739 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 4740 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 4741 { 4742 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 4743 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 4744 line + compl_length 4745 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 4746 } 4747 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 4748 } 4749 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 4750 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 4751 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 4752 #define MIN_SPACE 75 4753 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 4754 { 4755 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 4756 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 4757 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 4758 } 4759 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4760 if (compl_length < 1) 4761 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4762 } 4763 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4764 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4765 else 4766 compl_cont_status = 0; 4767 } 4768 else 4769 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4770 4771 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 4772 { 4773 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 4774 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 4775 compl_cont_status = 0; 4776 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 4777 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 4778 startcol = (int)curs_col; 4779 compl_col = 0; 4780 } 4781 4782 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 4783 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 4784 { 4785 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 4786 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4787 { 4788 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 4789 { 4790 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 4791 ; 4792 compl_col += ++startcol; 4793 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 4794 } 4795 if (p_ic) 4796 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 4797 compl_length, NULL, 0); 4798 else 4799 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 4800 compl_length); 4801 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4802 return FAIL; 4803 } 4804 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4805 { 4806 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 4807 4808 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 4809 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4810 compl_length) + 2); 4811 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4812 return FAIL; 4813 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 4814 || (compl_col > 0 4815 && ( 4816 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4817 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 4818 #else 4819 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 4820 #endif 4821 ))) 4822 prefix = (char_u *)""; 4823 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 4824 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 4825 line + compl_col, compl_length); 4826 } 4827 else if (--startcol < 0 || 4828 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4829 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 4830 #else 4831 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 4832 #endif 4833 ) 4834 { 4835 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 4836 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 4837 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4838 return FAIL; 4839 compl_col += curs_col; 4840 compl_length = 0; 4841 } 4842 else 4843 { 4844 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4845 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 4846 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 4847 if (has_mbyte) 4848 { 4849 int base_class; 4850 int head_off; 4851 4852 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4853 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 4854 while (--startcol >= 0) 4855 { 4856 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4857 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 4858 - head_off)) 4859 break; 4860 startcol -= head_off; 4861 } 4862 } 4863 else 4864 #endif 4865 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 4866 ; 4867 compl_col += ++startcol; 4868 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4869 if (compl_length == 1) 4870 { 4871 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 4872 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 4873 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 4874 */ 4875 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 4876 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4877 return FAIL; 4878 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4879 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 4880 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 4881 } 4882 else 4883 { 4884 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4885 compl_length) + 2); 4886 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4887 return FAIL; 4888 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4889 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 4890 compl_length); 4891 } 4892 } 4893 } 4894 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4895 { 4896 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4897 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 4898 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 4899 compl_length = 0; 4900 if (p_ic) 4901 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4902 NULL, 0); 4903 else 4904 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 4905 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4906 return FAIL; 4907 } 4908 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 4909 { 4910 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) 4911 ; 4912 compl_col += ++startcol; 4913 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4914 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4915 EXPAND_FILES); 4916 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4917 return FAIL; 4918 } 4919 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 4920 { 4921 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 4922 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4923 return FAIL; 4924 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4925 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); 4926 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 4927 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 4928 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 4929 * "pattern not found" message. */ 4930 compl_col = curs_col; 4931 else 4932 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 4933 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 4934 } 4935 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 4936 { 4937 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4938 /* 4939 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 4940 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 4941 */ 4942 char_u *args[2]; 4943 int col; 4944 char_u *funcname; 4945 pos_T pos; 4946 4947 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 4948 * string */ 4949 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 4950 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 4951 if (*funcname == NUL) 4952 { 4953 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 4954 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 4955 return FAIL; 4956 } 4957 4958 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 4959 args[1] = NULL; 4960 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 4961 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 4962 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 4963 4964 if (col < 0) 4965 col = curs_col; 4966 compl_col = col; 4967 if (compl_col > curs_col) 4968 compl_col = curs_col; 4969 4970 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 4971 * it may have become invalid. */ 4972 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4973 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 4974 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 4975 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4976 #endif 4977 return FAIL; 4978 } 4979 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 4980 { 4981 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4982 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 4983 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 4984 else 4985 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 4986 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 4987 { 4988 compl_length = 0; 4989 compl_col = curs_col; 4990 } 4991 else 4992 { 4993 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 4994 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 4995 } 4996 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 4997 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4998 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 4999 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5000 #endif 5001 return FAIL; 5002 } 5003 else 5004 { 5005 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); 5006 return FAIL; 5007 } 5008 5009 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5010 { 5011 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5012 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 5013 { 5014 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5015 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5016 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5017 5018 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5019 #endif 5020 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5021 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5022 ins_eol('\r'); 5023 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5024 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5025 #endif 5026 compl_length = 0; 5027 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5028 } 5029 } 5030 else 5031 { 5032 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5033 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5034 } 5035 5036 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5037 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5038 else 5039 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5040 5041 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5042 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5043 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5044 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5045 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5046 { 5047 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5048 compl_pattern = NULL; 5049 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5050 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5051 return FAIL; 5052 } 5053 5054 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5055 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5056 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5057 */ 5058 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5059 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5060 showmode(); 5061 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5062 out_flush(); 5063 } 5064 5065 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5066 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5067 5068 /* 5069 * Find next match (and following matches). 5070 */ 5071 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5072 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); 5073 5074 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5075 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5076 5077 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5078 compl_matches = n; 5079 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5080 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5081 5082 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5083 * mode. */ 5084 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5085 { 5086 (void)vgetc(); 5087 got_int = FALSE; 5088 } 5089 5090 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5091 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5092 { 5093 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5094 && compl_length > 1 5095 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5096 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5097 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5098 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5099 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5100 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5101 if ( compl_length > 1 5102 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5103 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5104 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5105 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5106 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5107 } 5108 5109 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5110 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5111 else 5112 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5113 5114 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5115 { 5116 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5117 { 5118 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5119 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5120 } 5121 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5122 { 5123 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5124 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5125 } 5126 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5127 { 5128 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5129 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5130 } 5131 else 5132 { 5133 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5134 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5135 { 5136 int number = 0; 5137 compl_T *match; 5138 5139 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5140 { 5141 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5142 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5143 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5144 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5145 && match != compl_first_match; 5146 match = match->cp_prev) 5147 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5148 { 5149 number = match->cp_number; 5150 break; 5151 } 5152 if (match != NULL) 5153 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5154 * yet */ 5155 for (match = match->cp_next; 5156 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5157 match = match->cp_next) 5158 match->cp_number = ++number; 5159 } 5160 else /* BACKWARD */ 5161 { 5162 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5163 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5164 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5165 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5166 && match != compl_first_match; 5167 match = match->cp_next) 5168 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5169 { 5170 number = match->cp_number; 5171 break; 5172 } 5173 if (match != NULL) 5174 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5175 * assigned yet */ 5176 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5177 && match->cp_number == -1; 5178 match = match->cp_prev) 5179 match->cp_number = ++number; 5180 } 5181 } 5182 5183 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5184 * just a safety check. */ 5185 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5186 { 5187 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5188 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5189 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5190 5191 if (compl_matches > 0) 5192 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5193 _("match %d of %d"), 5194 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5195 else 5196 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5197 _("match %d"), 5198 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5199 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5200 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5201 if (dollar_vcol) 5202 curs_columns(FALSE); 5203 } 5204 } 5205 } 5206 5207 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5208 showmode(); 5209 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5210 { 5211 if (!p_smd) 5212 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5213 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5214 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5215 } 5216 else 5217 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5218 5219 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5220 if (!compl_interrupted) 5221 { 5222 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5223 n = RedrawingDisabled; 5224 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5225 5226 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5227 setcursor(); 5228 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5229 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5230 5231 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5232 setcursor(); 5233 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5234 } 5235 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5236 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5237 5238 return OK; 5239 } 5240 5241 /* 5242 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5243 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5244 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5245 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5246 */ 5247 static unsigned 5248 quote_meta(dest, src, len) 5249 char_u *dest; 5250 char_u *src; 5251 int len; 5252 { 5253 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5254 5255 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5256 { 5257 switch (*src) 5258 { 5259 case '.': 5260 case '*': 5261 case '[': 5262 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5263 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5264 break; 5265 case '~': 5266 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5267 break; 5268 case '\\': 5269 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5270 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5271 break; 5272 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5273 case '$': 5274 m++; 5275 if (dest != NULL) 5276 *dest++ = '\\'; 5277 break; 5278 } 5279 if (dest != NULL) 5280 *dest++ = *src; 5281 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5282 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5283 if (has_mbyte) 5284 { 5285 int i, mb_len; 5286 5287 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5288 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5289 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5290 { 5291 --len; 5292 ++src; 5293 if (dest != NULL) 5294 *dest++ = *src; 5295 } 5296 } 5297 # endif 5298 } 5299 if (dest != NULL) 5300 *dest = NUL; 5301 5302 return m; 5303 } 5304 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5305 5306 /* 5307 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5308 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5309 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5310 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5311 */ 5312 int 5313 get_literal() 5314 { 5315 int cc; 5316 int nc; 5317 int i; 5318 int hex = FALSE; 5319 int octal = FALSE; 5320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5321 int unicode = 0; 5322 #endif 5323 5324 if (got_int) 5325 return Ctrl_C; 5326 5327 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5328 /* 5329 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5330 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5331 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5332 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5333 */ 5334 if (gui.in_use) 5335 ++allow_keys; 5336 #endif 5337 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5338 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5339 #endif 5340 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5341 cc = 0; 5342 i = 0; 5343 for (;;) 5344 { 5345 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5346 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5347 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5348 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5349 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5350 # endif 5351 ) 5352 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5353 #endif 5354 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5355 hex = TRUE; 5356 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5357 octal = TRUE; 5358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5359 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5360 unicode = nc; 5361 #endif 5362 else 5363 { 5364 if (hex 5365 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5366 || unicode != 0 5367 #endif 5368 ) 5369 { 5370 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5371 break; 5372 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5373 } 5374 else if (octal) 5375 { 5376 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5377 break; 5378 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5379 } 5380 else 5381 { 5382 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5383 break; 5384 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5385 } 5386 5387 ++i; 5388 } 5389 5390 if (cc > 255 5391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5392 && unicode == 0 5393 #endif 5394 ) 5395 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5396 nc = 0; 5397 5398 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5399 { 5400 if (i >= 2) 5401 break; 5402 } 5403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5404 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5405 { 5406 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5407 break; 5408 } 5409 #endif 5410 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5411 break; 5412 } 5413 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5414 { 5415 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5416 { 5417 cc = '\n'; 5418 nc = 0; 5419 } 5420 else 5421 { 5422 cc = nc; 5423 nc = 0; 5424 } 5425 } 5426 5427 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5428 cc = '\n'; 5429 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5430 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5431 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5432 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5433 #endif 5434 5435 --no_mapping; 5436 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5437 if (gui.in_use) 5438 --allow_keys; 5439 #endif 5440 if (nc) 5441 vungetc(nc); 5442 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5443 return cc; 5444 } 5445 5446 /* 5447 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5448 */ 5449 static void 5450 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) 5451 int c; 5452 int allow_modmask; 5453 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5454 { 5455 char_u *p; 5456 int len; 5457 5458 /* 5459 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5460 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5461 * mode. 5462 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5463 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5464 */ 5465 #ifdef MACOS 5466 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5467 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5468 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5469 #endif 5470 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5471 { 5472 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5473 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5474 c = p[len - 1]; 5475 if (len > 2) 5476 { 5477 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5478 return; 5479 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5480 ins_str(p); 5481 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5482 ctrlv = FALSE; 5483 } 5484 } 5485 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5486 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5487 } 5488 5489 /* 5490 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5491 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5492 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5493 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5494 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5495 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5496 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5497 */ 5498 #ifdef EBCDIC 5499 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5500 #else 5501 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5502 #endif 5503 5504 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5505 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5506 #else 5507 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5508 #endif 5509 5510 void 5511 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) 5512 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ 5513 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5514 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5515 { 5516 int textwidth; 5517 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5518 char_u *p; 5519 #endif 5520 int fo_ins_blank; 5521 5522 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); 5523 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5524 5525 /* 5526 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5527 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5528 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5529 * ends in white space. 5530 * - Otherwise: 5531 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5532 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5533 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5534 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5535 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5536 * before the insert. 5537 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5538 * before 'textwidth' 5539 */ 5540 if (textwidth > 0 5541 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5542 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5543 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5544 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5545 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5546 #endif 5547 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 5548 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5549 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 5550 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5551 && (!fo_ins_blank 5552 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 5553 )))))) 5554 { 5555 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 5556 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 5557 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5558 int do_internal = TRUE; 5559 5560 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) 5561 { 5562 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 5563 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 5564 * was called. */ 5565 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 5566 } 5567 if (do_internal) 5568 #endif 5569 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 5570 } 5571 5572 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 5573 return; 5574 5575 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5576 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 5577 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 5578 { 5579 char_u *line; 5580 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 5581 int middle_len, end_len; 5582 int i; 5583 5584 /* 5585 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 5586 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 5587 */ 5588 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); 5589 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 5590 { 5591 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 5592 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 5593 ++p; 5594 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5595 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 5596 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 5597 --middle_len; 5598 5599 /* Find the end-comment string */ 5600 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 5601 ++p; 5602 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5603 5604 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 5605 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5606 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 5607 ; 5608 i++; 5609 5610 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 5611 i -= middle_len; 5612 5613 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 5614 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 5615 { 5616 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 5617 backspace_until_column(i); 5618 5619 /* 5620 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 5621 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 5622 */ 5623 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 5624 } 5625 } 5626 } 5627 end_comment_pending = NUL; 5628 #endif 5629 5630 did_ai = FALSE; 5631 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5632 did_si = FALSE; 5633 can_si = FALSE; 5634 can_si_back = FALSE; 5635 #endif 5636 5637 /* 5638 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 5639 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 5640 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 5641 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 5642 * 'paste' is set).. 5643 */ 5644 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5645 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5646 #endif 5647 5648 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 5649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5650 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 5651 #endif 5652 && vpeekc() != NUL 5653 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5654 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 5655 && !cindent_on() 5656 #endif 5657 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5658 && !p_ri 5659 #endif 5660 ) 5661 { 5662 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 5663 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 5664 int i; 5665 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 5666 5667 buf[0] = c; 5668 i = 1; 5669 if (textwidth > 0) 5670 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 5671 /* 5672 * Stop the string when: 5673 * - no more chars available 5674 * - finding a special character (command key) 5675 * - buffer is full 5676 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 5677 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 5678 */ 5679 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 5680 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 5681 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5682 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 5683 #endif 5684 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 5685 && (textwidth == 0 5686 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 5687 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 5688 { 5689 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5690 c = vgetc(); 5691 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 5692 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 5693 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 5694 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 5695 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 5696 # endif 5697 buf[i++] = c; 5698 #else 5699 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 5700 #endif 5701 } 5702 5703 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 5704 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 5705 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 5706 #endif 5707 buf[i] = NUL; 5708 ins_str(buf); 5709 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5710 { 5711 redo_literal(*buf); 5712 i = 1; 5713 } 5714 else 5715 i = 0; 5716 if (buf[i] != NUL) 5717 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 5718 } 5719 else 5720 { 5721 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5722 int cc; 5723 5724 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 5725 { 5726 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5727 5728 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 5729 buf[cc] = NUL; 5730 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 5731 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5732 } 5733 else 5734 #endif 5735 { 5736 ins_char(c); 5737 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5738 redo_literal(c); 5739 else 5740 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5741 } 5742 } 5743 } 5744 5745 /* 5746 * Format text at the current insert position. 5747 */ 5748 static void 5749 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) 5750 int textwidth; 5751 int second_indent; 5752 int flags; 5753 int format_only; 5754 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 5755 { 5756 int cc; 5757 int save_char = NUL; 5758 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 5759 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5760 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5761 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 5762 #endif 5763 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 5764 int first_line = TRUE; 5765 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5766 colnr_T leader_len; 5767 int no_leader = FALSE; 5768 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 5769 #endif 5770 5771 /* 5772 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 5773 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 5774 */ 5775 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 5776 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5777 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5778 #endif 5779 ) 5780 { 5781 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5782 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 5783 { 5784 save_char = cc; 5785 pchar_cursor('x'); 5786 } 5787 } 5788 5789 /* 5790 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 5791 */ 5792 while (!got_int) 5793 { 5794 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 5795 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 5796 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 5797 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 5798 colnr_T len; 5799 colnr_T virtcol; 5800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5801 int orig_col = 0; 5802 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 5803 #endif 5804 colnr_T col; 5805 colnr_T end_col; 5806 5807 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 5808 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 5809 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5810 break; 5811 5812 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5813 if (no_leader) 5814 do_comments = FALSE; 5815 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5816 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 5817 do_comments = TRUE; 5818 5819 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5820 if (do_comments) 5821 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); 5822 else 5823 leader_len = 0; 5824 5825 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 5826 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 5827 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 5828 * to start with %. */ 5829 if (leader_len == 0) 5830 no_leader = TRUE; 5831 #endif 5832 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5833 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5834 && leader_len == 0 5835 #endif 5836 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 5837 5838 break; 5839 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 5840 break; 5841 5842 /* find column of textwidth border */ 5843 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 5844 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5845 5846 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 5847 foundcol = 0; 5848 5849 /* 5850 * Find position to break at. 5851 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 5852 */ 5853 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 5854 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5855 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 5856 { 5857 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 5858 cc = c; 5859 else 5860 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5861 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5862 { 5863 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 5864 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5865 5866 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 5867 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5868 { 5869 dec_cursor(); 5870 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5871 } 5872 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5873 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 5874 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5875 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5876 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5877 break; 5878 #endif 5879 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 5880 { 5881 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 5882 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5883 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 5884 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5885 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 5886 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 5887 break; 5888 #endif 5889 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5890 dec_cursor(); 5891 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5892 5893 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5894 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 5895 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5896 } 5897 5898 inc_cursor(); 5899 5900 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 5901 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5902 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5903 break; 5904 } 5905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5906 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 5907 { 5908 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 5909 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 5910 { 5911 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5912 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5913 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5914 break; 5915 #endif 5916 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5917 inc_cursor(); 5918 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 5919 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 5920 { 5921 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5922 end_foundcol = foundcol; 5923 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5924 break; 5925 } 5926 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5927 } 5928 5929 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5930 break; 5931 5932 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5933 5934 dec_cursor(); 5935 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5936 5937 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5938 continue; /* break with space */ 5939 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5940 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5941 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5942 break; 5943 #endif 5944 5945 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5946 5947 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5948 end_foundcol = foundcol; 5949 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5950 break; 5951 } 5952 #endif 5953 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5954 break; 5955 dec_cursor(); 5956 } 5957 5958 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 5959 { 5960 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 5961 break; 5962 } 5963 5964 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 5965 undisplay_dollar(); 5966 5967 /* 5968 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 5969 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 5970 * over the text instead. 5971 */ 5972 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5973 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5974 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 5975 else 5976 #endif 5977 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 5978 5979 /* 5980 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 5981 * characters that will remain on top line 5982 */ 5983 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 5984 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 5985 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 5986 inc_cursor(); 5987 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 5988 if (startcol < 0) 5989 startcol = 0; 5990 5991 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5992 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5993 { 5994 /* 5995 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 5996 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 5997 */ 5998 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 5999 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6000 if (saved_text == NULL) 6001 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6002 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6003 6004 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6005 if (!fo_white_par) 6006 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6007 } 6008 else 6009 #endif 6010 { 6011 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6012 if (!fo_white_par) 6013 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6014 } 6015 6016 /* 6017 * Split the line just before the margin. 6018 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6019 */ 6020 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6021 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6022 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6023 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6024 #endif 6025 , old_indent); 6026 old_indent = 0; 6027 6028 replace_offset = 0; 6029 if (first_line) 6030 { 6031 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6032 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); 6033 if (second_indent >= 0) 6034 { 6035 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6036 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6037 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6038 else 6039 #endif 6040 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6041 } 6042 first_line = FALSE; 6043 } 6044 6045 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6046 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6047 { 6048 /* 6049 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6050 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6051 */ 6052 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6053 vim_free(saved_text); 6054 } 6055 else 6056 #endif 6057 { 6058 /* 6059 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6060 * may have added or removed indent. 6061 */ 6062 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6063 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6064 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6065 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6066 } 6067 6068 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6069 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6070 can_cindent = TRUE; 6071 #endif 6072 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6073 did_ai = FALSE; 6074 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6075 did_si = FALSE; 6076 can_si = FALSE; 6077 can_si_back = FALSE; 6078 #endif 6079 line_breakcheck(); 6080 } 6081 6082 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6083 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6084 6085 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6086 { 6087 update_topline(); 6088 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6089 } 6090 } 6091 6092 /* 6093 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6094 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6095 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6096 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6097 * saved here. 6098 */ 6099 void 6100 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) 6101 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6102 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ 6103 { 6104 pos_T pos; 6105 colnr_T len; 6106 char_u *old; 6107 char_u *new, *pnew; 6108 int wasatend; 6109 int cc; 6110 6111 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6112 return; 6113 6114 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6115 old = ml_get_curline(); 6116 6117 /* may remove added space */ 6118 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6119 6120 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6121 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6122 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6123 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6124 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6125 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6126 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6127 { 6128 dec_cursor(); 6129 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6130 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6131 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6132 dec_cursor(); 6133 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6134 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6135 { 6136 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6137 return; 6138 } 6139 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6140 } 6141 6142 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6143 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6144 * comments. */ 6145 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6146 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) 6147 return; 6148 #endif 6149 6150 /* 6151 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6152 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6153 * the start of a paragraph. 6154 */ 6155 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6156 { 6157 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6158 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6159 return; 6160 } 6161 6162 /* 6163 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6164 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6165 */ 6166 saved_cursor = pos; 6167 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6168 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6169 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6170 6171 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6172 { 6173 /* "cannot happen" */ 6174 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6175 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6176 } 6177 else 6178 check_cursor_col(); 6179 6180 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6181 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6182 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6183 * formatted. */ 6184 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6185 { 6186 new = ml_get_curline(); 6187 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6188 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6189 { 6190 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6191 pnew[len] = ' '; 6192 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6193 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6194 /* remove the space later */ 6195 did_add_space = TRUE; 6196 } 6197 else 6198 /* may remove added space */ 6199 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6200 } 6201 6202 check_cursor(); 6203 } 6204 6205 /* 6206 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6207 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6208 * position. 6209 */ 6210 static void 6211 check_auto_format(end_insert) 6212 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6213 { 6214 int c = ' '; 6215 int cc; 6216 6217 if (did_add_space) 6218 { 6219 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6220 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6221 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6222 did_add_space = FALSE; 6223 else 6224 { 6225 if (!end_insert) 6226 { 6227 inc_cursor(); 6228 c = gchar_cursor(); 6229 dec_cursor(); 6230 } 6231 if (c != NUL) 6232 { 6233 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6234 del_char(FALSE); 6235 did_add_space = FALSE; 6236 } 6237 } 6238 } 6239 } 6240 6241 /* 6242 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6243 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6244 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6245 * if invalid value, use 0. 6246 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6247 */ 6248 int 6249 comp_textwidth(ff) 6250 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6251 { 6252 int textwidth; 6253 6254 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6255 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6256 { 6257 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6258 * things that add to the margin. */ 6259 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6260 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6261 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6262 textwidth -= 1; 6263 #endif 6264 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6265 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6266 #endif 6267 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6268 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 6269 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 6270 || usingNetbeans 6271 # endif 6272 ) 6273 textwidth -= 1; 6274 #endif 6275 if (curwin->w_p_nu) 6276 textwidth -= 8; 6277 } 6278 if (textwidth < 0) 6279 textwidth = 0; 6280 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6281 { 6282 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6283 if (textwidth > 79) 6284 textwidth = 79; 6285 } 6286 return textwidth; 6287 } 6288 6289 /* 6290 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6291 */ 6292 static void 6293 redo_literal(c) 6294 int c; 6295 { 6296 char_u buf[10]; 6297 6298 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6299 * three digits. */ 6300 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6301 { 6302 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6303 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6304 } 6305 else 6306 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6307 } 6308 6309 /* 6310 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6311 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6312 */ 6313 static void 6314 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) 6315 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ 6316 { 6317 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ 6318 { 6319 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6320 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); 6321 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6322 } 6323 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6324 check_spell_redraw(); 6325 #endif 6326 } 6327 6328 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6329 /* 6330 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6331 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6332 */ 6333 static void 6334 check_spell_redraw() 6335 { 6336 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6337 { 6338 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6339 6340 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6341 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6342 } 6343 } 6344 6345 /* 6346 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6347 * spelled word, if there is one. 6348 */ 6349 static void 6350 spell_back_to_badword() 6351 { 6352 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6353 6354 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6355 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6356 start_arrow(&tpos); 6357 } 6358 #endif 6359 6360 /* 6361 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6362 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6363 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6364 */ 6365 int 6366 stop_arrow() 6367 { 6368 if (arrow_used) 6369 { 6370 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6371 { 6372 arrow_used = FALSE; 6373 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6374 } 6375 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6376 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6377 ai_col = 0; 6378 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6379 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6380 { 6381 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6382 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6383 } 6384 #endif 6385 ResetRedobuff(); 6386 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6387 new_insert_skip = 2; 6388 } 6389 else if (ins_need_undo) 6390 { 6391 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6392 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6393 } 6394 6395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6396 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6397 foldOpenCursor(); 6398 #endif 6399 6400 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6401 } 6402 6403 /* 6404 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6405 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6406 * to another window/buffer. 6407 */ 6408 static void 6409 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) 6410 pos_T *end_insert_pos; 6411 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ 6412 { 6413 int cc; 6414 char_u *ptr; 6415 6416 stop_redo_ins(); 6417 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6418 6419 /* 6420 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6421 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6422 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6423 */ 6424 ptr = get_inserted(); 6425 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6426 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6427 { 6428 vim_free(last_insert); 6429 last_insert = ptr; 6430 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6431 } 6432 else 6433 vim_free(ptr); 6434 6435 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6436 { 6437 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6438 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6439 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6440 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6441 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6442 { 6443 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6444 6445 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6446 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6447 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6448 cc = 'x'; 6449 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6450 { 6451 dec_cursor(); 6452 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6453 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6454 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6455 } 6456 6457 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6458 6459 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6460 { 6461 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6462 inc_cursor(); 6463 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6464 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 6465 * the "coladd". */ 6466 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 6467 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 6468 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 6469 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 6470 #endif 6471 } 6472 } 6473 6474 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 6475 check_auto_format(TRUE); 6476 6477 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 6478 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 6479 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 6480 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 6481 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 6482 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 6483 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 6484 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6485 { 6486 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6487 6488 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 6489 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 6490 for (;;) 6491 { 6492 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 6493 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6494 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6495 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6496 break; 6497 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 6498 break; /* should not happen */ 6499 } 6500 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 6501 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6502 else if (cc != NUL) 6503 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 6504 6505 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 6506 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 6507 * deleted characters. */ 6508 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 6509 { 6510 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6511 6512 if (VIsual.col > len) 6513 { 6514 VIsual.col = len; 6515 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6516 VIsual.coladd = 0; 6517 # endif 6518 } 6519 } 6520 #endif 6521 } 6522 } 6523 did_ai = FALSE; 6524 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6525 did_si = FALSE; 6526 can_si = FALSE; 6527 can_si_back = FALSE; 6528 #endif 6529 6530 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 6531 * now in a different buffer. */ 6532 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 6533 { 6534 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 6535 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 6536 } 6537 } 6538 6539 /* 6540 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 6541 * Used for the replace command. 6542 */ 6543 void 6544 set_last_insert(c) 6545 int c; 6546 { 6547 char_u *s; 6548 6549 vim_free(last_insert); 6550 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6551 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 6552 #else 6553 last_insert = alloc(6); 6554 #endif 6555 if (last_insert != NULL) 6556 { 6557 s = last_insert; 6558 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 6559 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 6560 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 6561 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 6562 *s++ = ESC; 6563 *s++ = NUL; 6564 last_insert_skip = 0; 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6569 void 6570 free_last_insert() 6571 { 6572 vim_free(last_insert); 6573 last_insert = NULL; 6574 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6575 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 6576 compl_orig_text = NULL; 6577 # endif 6578 } 6579 #endif 6580 6581 /* 6582 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 6583 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 6584 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 6585 */ 6586 char_u * 6587 add_char2buf(c, s) 6588 int c; 6589 char_u *s; 6590 { 6591 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6592 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; 6593 int i; 6594 int len; 6595 6596 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 6597 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 6598 { 6599 c = temp[i]; 6600 #endif 6601 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 6602 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 6603 { 6604 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 6605 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 6606 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 6607 } 6608 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6609 else if (c == CSI) 6610 { 6611 *s++ = CSI; 6612 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 6613 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 6614 } 6615 #endif 6616 else 6617 *s++ = c; 6618 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6619 } 6620 #endif 6621 return s; 6622 } 6623 6624 /* 6625 * move cursor to start of line 6626 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 6627 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 6628 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 6629 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 6630 */ 6631 void 6632 beginline(flags) 6633 int flags; 6634 { 6635 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 6636 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6637 else 6638 { 6639 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 6640 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6641 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6642 #endif 6643 6644 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 6645 { 6646 char_u *ptr; 6647 6648 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 6649 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 6650 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 6651 } 6652 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6653 } 6654 } 6655 6656 /* 6657 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 6658 * 6659 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 6660 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 6661 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 6662 */ 6663 6664 int 6665 oneright() 6666 { 6667 char_u *ptr; 6668 int l; 6669 6670 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6671 if (virtual_active()) 6672 { 6673 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6674 6675 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 6676 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6677 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6678 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6679 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6680 # else 6681 *ptr 6682 # endif 6683 )) 6684 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 6685 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6686 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 6687 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 6688 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 6689 } 6690 #endif 6691 6692 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6693 if (*ptr == NUL) 6694 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 6695 6696 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6697 if (has_mbyte) 6698 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 6699 else 6700 #endif 6701 l = 1; 6702 6703 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 6704 * contains "onemore". */ 6705 if (ptr[l] == NUL 6706 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6707 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 6708 #endif 6709 ) 6710 return FAIL; 6711 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 6712 6713 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6714 return OK; 6715 } 6716 6717 int 6718 oneleft() 6719 { 6720 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6721 if (virtual_active()) 6722 { 6723 int width; 6724 int v = getviscol(); 6725 6726 if (v == 0) 6727 return FAIL; 6728 6729 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6730 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 6731 width = 1; 6732 for (;;) 6733 { 6734 coladvance(v - width); 6735 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and 6736 * there are no multi-byte characters */ 6737 if ((*p_sbr == NUL 6738 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6739 && !has_mbyte 6740 # endif 6741 ) || getviscol() < v) 6742 break; 6743 ++width; 6744 } 6745 # else 6746 coladvance(v - 1); 6747 # endif 6748 6749 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 6750 { 6751 char_u *ptr; 6752 6753 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 6754 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6755 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6756 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6757 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6758 # else 6759 *ptr 6760 # endif 6761 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 6762 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6763 } 6764 6765 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6766 return OK; 6767 } 6768 #endif 6769 6770 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6771 return FAIL; 6772 6773 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6774 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6775 6776 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6777 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 6778 * character, move to its first byte */ 6779 if (has_mbyte) 6780 mb_adjust_cursor(); 6781 #endif 6782 return OK; 6783 } 6784 6785 int 6786 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) 6787 long n; 6788 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6789 { 6790 linenr_T lnum; 6791 6792 if (n > 0) 6793 { 6794 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6795 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 6796 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6797 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6798 return FAIL; 6799 if (n >= lnum) 6800 lnum = 1; 6801 else 6802 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6803 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6804 { 6805 /* 6806 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 6807 */ 6808 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ 6809 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6810 6811 while (n--) 6812 { 6813 /* move up one line */ 6814 --lnum; 6815 if (lnum <= 1) 6816 break; 6817 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 6818 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 6819 * in a moment. */ 6820 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 6821 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6822 } 6823 if (lnum < 1) 6824 lnum = 1; 6825 } 6826 else 6827 #endif 6828 lnum -= n; 6829 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6830 } 6831 6832 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6833 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6834 6835 if (upd_topline) 6836 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6837 6838 return OK; 6839 } 6840 6841 /* 6842 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 6843 */ 6844 int 6845 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) 6846 long n; 6847 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6848 { 6849 linenr_T lnum; 6850 6851 if (n > 0) 6852 { 6853 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6854 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6855 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 6856 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 6857 #endif 6858 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 6859 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6860 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6861 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6862 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6863 return FAIL; 6864 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6865 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6866 else 6867 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6868 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6869 { 6870 linenr_T last; 6871 6872 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 6873 while (n--) 6874 { 6875 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 6876 lnum = last + 1; 6877 else 6878 ++lnum; 6879 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6880 break; 6881 } 6882 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6883 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6884 } 6885 else 6886 #endif 6887 lnum += n; 6888 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6889 } 6890 6891 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6892 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6893 6894 if (upd_topline) 6895 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6896 6897 return OK; 6898 } 6899 6900 /* 6901 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 6902 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 6903 * first have to remove the command. 6904 */ 6905 int 6906 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) 6907 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ 6908 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ 6909 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 6910 { 6911 char_u *esc_ptr; 6912 char_u *ptr; 6913 char_u *last_ptr; 6914 char_u last = NUL; 6915 6916 ptr = get_last_insert(); 6917 if (ptr == NULL) 6918 { 6919 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 6920 return FAIL; 6921 } 6922 6923 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 6924 if (c != NUL) 6925 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 6926 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 6927 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 6928 6929 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 6930 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 6931 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 6932 */ 6933 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 6934 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 6935 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 6936 { 6937 last = *last_ptr; 6938 *last_ptr = NUL; 6939 } 6940 6941 do 6942 { 6943 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 6944 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 6945 if (last) 6946 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 6947 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 6948 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 6949 } 6950 while (--count > 0); 6951 6952 if (last) 6953 *last_ptr = last; 6954 6955 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 6956 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 6957 6958 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 6959 if (!no_esc) 6960 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 6961 6962 return OK; 6963 } 6964 6965 char_u * 6966 get_last_insert() 6967 { 6968 if (last_insert == NULL) 6969 return NULL; 6970 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 6971 } 6972 6973 /* 6974 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 6975 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 6976 */ 6977 char_u * 6978 get_last_insert_save() 6979 { 6980 char_u *s; 6981 int len; 6982 6983 if (last_insert == NULL) 6984 return NULL; 6985 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 6986 if (s != NULL) 6987 { 6988 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 6989 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 6990 s[len - 1] = NUL; 6991 } 6992 return s; 6993 } 6994 6995 /* 6996 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 6997 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 6998 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 6999 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7000 */ 7001 static int 7002 echeck_abbr(c) 7003 int c; 7004 { 7005 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7006 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7007 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7008 return FALSE; 7009 7010 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7011 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7012 } 7013 7014 /* 7015 * replace-stack functions 7016 * 7017 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7018 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7019 * 7020 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7021 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7022 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7023 * 7024 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7025 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7026 * that were deleted (always white space). 7027 * 7028 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7029 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7030 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7031 */ 7032 7033 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7034 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7035 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7036 7037 void 7038 replace_push(c) 7039 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7040 { 7041 char_u *p; 7042 7043 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7044 return; 7045 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7046 { 7047 replace_stack_len += 50; 7048 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7049 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7050 { 7051 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7052 return; 7053 } 7054 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7055 { 7056 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7057 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7058 vim_free(replace_stack); 7059 } 7060 replace_stack = p; 7061 } 7062 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7063 if (replace_offset) 7064 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7065 *p = c; 7066 ++replace_stack_nr; 7067 } 7068 7069 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7070 /* 7071 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7072 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7073 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7074 */ 7075 int 7076 replace_push_mb(p) 7077 char_u *p; 7078 { 7079 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7080 int j; 7081 7082 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7083 replace_push(p[j]); 7084 return l; 7085 } 7086 #endif 7087 7088 #if 0 7089 /* 7090 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. 7091 */ 7092 static void 7093 replace_push_off(c) 7094 int c; 7095 { 7096 char_u *p; 7097 7098 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; 7099 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; 7100 ++replace_offset) 7101 if (*--p == NUL) 7102 break; 7103 replace_push(c); 7104 replace_offset = 0; 7105 } 7106 #endif 7107 7108 /* 7109 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7110 * return -1 if stack empty 7111 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7112 */ 7113 static int 7114 replace_pop() 7115 { 7116 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7117 return -1; 7118 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7119 } 7120 7121 /* 7122 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7123 * encountered. 7124 */ 7125 static void 7126 replace_join(off) 7127 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7128 { 7129 int i; 7130 7131 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7132 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7133 { 7134 --replace_stack_nr; 7135 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7136 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7137 return; 7138 } 7139 } 7140 7141 /* 7142 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7143 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7144 */ 7145 static void 7146 replace_pop_ins() 7147 { 7148 int cc; 7149 int oldState = State; 7150 7151 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7152 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7153 { 7154 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7155 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7156 #else 7157 ins_char(cc); 7158 #endif 7159 dec_cursor(); 7160 } 7161 State = oldState; 7162 } 7163 7164 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7165 /* 7166 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7167 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7168 */ 7169 static void 7170 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) 7171 int cc; 7172 { 7173 int n; 7174 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; 7175 int i; 7176 int c; 7177 7178 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7179 { 7180 buf[0] = cc; 7181 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7182 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7183 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7184 } 7185 else 7186 ins_char(cc); 7187 7188 if (enc_utf8) 7189 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7190 for (;;) 7191 { 7192 c = replace_pop(); 7193 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7194 break; 7195 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7196 { 7197 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7198 replace_push(c); 7199 break; 7200 } 7201 else 7202 { 7203 buf[0] = c; 7204 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7205 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7206 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7207 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7208 else 7209 { 7210 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7211 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7212 replace_push(buf[i]); 7213 break; 7214 } 7215 } 7216 } 7217 } 7218 #endif 7219 7220 /* 7221 * make the replace stack empty 7222 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7223 */ 7224 static void 7225 replace_flush() 7226 { 7227 vim_free(replace_stack); 7228 replace_stack = NULL; 7229 replace_stack_len = 0; 7230 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7231 } 7232 7233 /* 7234 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7235 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7236 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7237 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7238 * and check for more characters to be put back 7239 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7240 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7241 */ 7242 static void 7243 replace_do_bs(limit_col) 7244 int limit_col; 7245 { 7246 int cc; 7247 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7248 int orig_len = 0; 7249 int ins_len; 7250 int orig_vcols = 0; 7251 colnr_T start_vcol; 7252 char_u *p; 7253 int i; 7254 int vcol; 7255 #endif 7256 7257 cc = replace_pop(); 7258 if (cc > 0) 7259 { 7260 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7261 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7262 { 7263 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7264 * going to delete. */ 7265 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7266 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7267 } 7268 #endif 7269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7270 if (has_mbyte) 7271 { 7272 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7273 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7274 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7275 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7276 # endif 7277 replace_push(cc); 7278 } 7279 else 7280 #endif 7281 { 7282 pchar_cursor(cc); 7283 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7284 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7285 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7286 #endif 7287 } 7288 replace_pop_ins(); 7289 7290 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7291 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7292 { 7293 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7294 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7295 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7296 vcol = start_vcol; 7297 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7298 { 7299 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7301 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7302 #endif 7303 } 7304 vcol -= start_vcol; 7305 7306 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7307 * text aligned. */ 7308 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7309 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7310 { 7311 del_char(FALSE); 7312 ++orig_vcols; 7313 } 7314 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7315 } 7316 #endif 7317 7318 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7319 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7320 } 7321 else if (cc == 0) 7322 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7323 } 7324 7325 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7326 /* 7327 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7328 */ 7329 static int 7330 cindent_on() 7331 { 7332 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7333 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7334 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7335 # endif 7336 )); 7337 } 7338 #endif 7339 7340 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7341 /* 7342 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7343 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7344 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7345 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7346 */ 7347 7348 void 7349 fixthisline(get_the_indent) 7350 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); 7351 { 7352 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7353 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7354 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7355 } 7356 7357 void 7358 fix_indent() 7359 { 7360 if (p_paste) 7361 return; 7362 # ifdef FEAT_LISP 7363 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7364 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7365 # endif 7366 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7367 else 7368 # endif 7369 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7370 if (cindent_on()) 7371 do_c_expr_indent(); 7372 # endif 7373 } 7374 7375 #endif 7376 7377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7378 /* 7379 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7380 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7381 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) 7382 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7383 * 7384 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7385 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7386 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7387 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7388 * 7389 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7390 */ 7391 int 7392 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) 7393 int keytyped; 7394 int when; 7395 int line_is_empty; 7396 { 7397 char_u *look; 7398 int try_match; 7399 int try_match_word; 7400 char_u *p; 7401 char_u *line; 7402 int icase; 7403 int i; 7404 7405 if (keytyped == NUL) 7406 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7407 return FALSE; 7408 7409 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7410 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7411 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7412 else 7413 #endif 7414 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7415 while (*look) 7416 { 7417 /* 7418 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7419 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7420 */ 7421 switch (when) 7422 { 7423 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7424 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7425 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7426 } 7427 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7428 ++look; 7429 7430 /* 7431 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7432 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7433 */ 7434 if (*look == '0') 7435 { 7436 try_match_word = try_match; 7437 if (!line_is_empty) 7438 try_match = FALSE; 7439 ++look; 7440 } 7441 else 7442 try_match_word = FALSE; 7443 7444 /* 7445 * does it look like a control character? 7446 */ 7447 if (*look == '^' 7448 #ifdef EBCDIC 7449 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7450 #else 7451 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7452 #endif 7453 ) 7454 { 7455 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7456 return TRUE; 7457 look += 2; 7458 } 7459 /* 7460 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7461 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7462 */ 7463 else if (*look == 'o') 7464 { 7465 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7466 return TRUE; 7467 ++look; 7468 } 7469 else if (*look == 'O') 7470 { 7471 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7472 return TRUE; 7473 ++look; 7474 } 7475 7476 /* 7477 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7478 * cursor. 7479 */ 7480 else if (*look == 'e') 7481 { 7482 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7483 { 7484 p = ml_get_curline(); 7485 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 7486 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 7487 return TRUE; 7488 } 7489 ++look; 7490 } 7491 7492 /* 7493 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 7494 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 7495 * class::method for C++). 7496 */ 7497 else if (*look == ':') 7498 { 7499 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 7500 { 7501 p = ml_get_curline(); 7502 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30)) 7503 return TRUE; 7504 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 7505 p = ml_get_curline(); 7506 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 7507 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 7508 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 7509 { 7510 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 7511 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7512 || cin_islabel(30)); 7513 p = ml_get_curline(); 7514 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 7515 if (i) 7516 return TRUE; 7517 } 7518 } 7519 ++look; 7520 } 7521 7522 7523 /* 7524 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 7525 */ 7526 else if (*look == '<') 7527 { 7528 if (try_match) 7529 { 7530 /* 7531 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 7532 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 7533 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 7534 */ 7535 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 7536 && keytyped == look[1]) 7537 return TRUE; 7538 7539 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 7540 return TRUE; 7541 } 7542 while (*look && *look != '>') 7543 look++; 7544 while (*look == '>') 7545 look++; 7546 } 7547 7548 /* 7549 * Is it a word: "=word"? 7550 */ 7551 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 7552 { 7553 ++look; 7554 if (*look == '~') 7555 { 7556 icase = TRUE; 7557 ++look; 7558 } 7559 else 7560 icase = FALSE; 7561 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 7562 if (p == NULL) 7563 p = look + STRLEN(look); 7564 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 7565 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 7566 { 7567 int match = FALSE; 7568 7569 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7570 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 7571 { 7572 char_u *s; 7573 7574 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 7575 * search back for the start of a word. */ 7576 line = ml_get_curline(); 7577 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7578 if (has_mbyte) 7579 { 7580 char_u *n; 7581 7582 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 7583 { 7584 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 7585 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 7586 break; 7587 } 7588 } 7589 else 7590 # endif 7591 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 7592 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 7593 break; 7594 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 7595 && (icase 7596 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 7597 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 7598 match = TRUE; 7599 } 7600 else 7601 #endif 7602 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 7603 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 7604 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 7605 { 7606 line = ml_get_cursor(); 7607 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 7608 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 7609 && (icase 7610 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 7611 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 7612 == 0) 7613 match = TRUE; 7614 } 7615 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 7616 { 7617 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 7618 * word. */ 7619 line = ml_get_curline(); 7620 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 7621 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 7622 match = FALSE; 7623 } 7624 if (match) 7625 return TRUE; 7626 } 7627 look = p; 7628 } 7629 7630 /* 7631 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 7632 */ 7633 else 7634 { 7635 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 7636 return TRUE; 7637 ++look; 7638 } 7639 7640 /* 7641 * Skip over ", ". 7642 */ 7643 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 7644 } 7645 return FALSE; 7646 } 7647 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 7648 7649 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 7650 /* 7651 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 7652 */ 7653 int 7654 hkmap(c) 7655 int c; 7656 { 7657 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 7658 { 7659 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 7660 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 7661 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 7662 static char_u map[26] = 7663 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 7664 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 7665 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 7666 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 7667 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 7668 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 7669 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 7670 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 7671 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 7672 7673 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 7674 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 7675 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 7676 else if (c == 'x') 7677 return 'X'; 7678 else if (c == 'q') 7679 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 7680 else if (c == 246) 7681 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 7682 else if (c == 228) 7683 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7684 else if (c == 252) 7685 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7686 #ifdef EBCDIC 7687 else if (islower(c)) 7688 #else 7689 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 7690 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 7691 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 7692 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 7693 */ 7694 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 7695 #endif 7696 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 7697 else 7698 return c; 7699 } 7700 else 7701 { 7702 switch (c) 7703 { 7704 case '`': return ';'; 7705 case '/': return '.'; 7706 case '\'': return ','; 7707 case 'q': return '/'; 7708 case 'w': return '\''; 7709 7710 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 7711 case ',': c = '{'; break; 7712 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 7713 case ';': c = 't'; break; 7714 default: { 7715 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 7716 7717 #ifdef EBCDIC 7718 /* see note about islower() above */ 7719 if (!islower(c)) 7720 #else 7721 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 7722 #endif 7723 return c; 7724 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 7725 break; 7726 } 7727 } 7728 7729 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 7730 } 7731 } 7732 #endif 7733 7734 static void 7735 ins_reg() 7736 { 7737 int need_redraw = FALSE; 7738 int regname; 7739 int literally = 0; 7740 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7741 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 7742 #endif 7743 7744 /* 7745 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 7746 */ 7747 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 7748 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 7749 { 7750 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 7751 ins_redraw(FALSE); 7752 7753 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 7754 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7755 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 7756 #endif 7757 } 7758 7759 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 7760 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 7761 #endif 7762 7763 /* 7764 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 7765 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7766 */ 7767 ++no_mapping; 7768 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7769 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7770 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 7771 { 7772 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 7773 literally = regname; 7774 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7775 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 7776 #endif 7777 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7778 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7779 } 7780 --no_mapping; 7781 7782 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7783 /* 7784 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, 7785 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! 7786 */ 7787 ++no_u_sync; 7788 if (regname == '=') 7789 { 7790 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7791 int im_on = im_get_status(); 7792 # endif 7793 regname = get_expr_register(); 7794 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7795 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 7796 if (im_on) 7797 im_set_active(TRUE); 7798 # endif 7799 } 7800 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 7801 { 7802 vim_beep(); 7803 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7804 } 7805 else 7806 { 7807 #endif 7808 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 7809 { 7810 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 7811 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 7812 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 7813 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 7814 7815 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 7816 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 7817 } 7818 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 7819 { 7820 vim_beep(); 7821 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7822 } 7823 else if (stop_insert_mode) 7824 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 7825 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 7826 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 7827 need_redraw = TRUE; 7828 7829 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7830 } 7831 --no_u_sync; 7832 #endif 7833 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7834 clear_showcmd(); 7835 #endif 7836 7837 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 7838 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 7839 edit_unputchar(); 7840 7841 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7842 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 7843 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 7844 end_visual_mode(); 7845 #endif 7846 } 7847 7848 /* 7849 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 7850 */ 7851 static void 7852 ins_ctrl_g() 7853 { 7854 int c; 7855 7856 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7857 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 7858 setcursor(); 7859 #endif 7860 7861 /* 7862 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 7863 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7864 */ 7865 ++no_mapping; 7866 c = plain_vgetc(); 7867 --no_mapping; 7868 switch (c) 7869 { 7870 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 7871 case K_UP: 7872 case Ctrl_K: 7873 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 7874 break; 7875 7876 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 7877 case K_DOWN: 7878 case Ctrl_J: 7879 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 7880 break; 7881 7882 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 7883 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 7884 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 7885 7886 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 7887 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 7888 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 7889 break; 7890 7891 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 7892 default: vim_beep(); 7893 } 7894 } 7895 7896 /* 7897 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 7898 */ 7899 static void 7900 ins_ctrl_hat() 7901 { 7902 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 7903 { 7904 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 7905 if (State & LANGMAP) 7906 { 7907 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7908 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7909 } 7910 else 7911 { 7912 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 7913 State |= LANGMAP; 7914 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7915 im_set_active(FALSE); 7916 #endif 7917 } 7918 } 7919 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7920 else 7921 { 7922 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 7923 if (im_get_status()) 7924 { 7925 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7926 im_set_active(FALSE); 7927 } 7928 else 7929 { 7930 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 7931 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7932 im_set_active(TRUE); 7933 } 7934 } 7935 #endif 7936 set_iminsert_global(); 7937 showmode(); 7938 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7939 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 7940 if (gui.in_use) 7941 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 7942 #endif 7943 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 7944 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 7945 status_redraw_curbuf(); 7946 #endif 7947 } 7948 7949 /* 7950 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 7951 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 7952 * insert. 7953 */ 7954 static int 7955 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) 7956 long *count; 7957 int cmdchar; 7958 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ 7959 { 7960 int temp; 7961 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 7962 7963 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 7964 check_spell_redraw(); 7965 #endif 7966 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 7967 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 7968 hangul_input_state_set(0); 7969 # endif 7970 if (composing_hangul) 7971 { 7972 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 7973 composing_hangul = 0; 7974 } 7975 #endif 7976 7977 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 7978 if (disabled_redraw) 7979 { 7980 --RedrawingDisabled; 7981 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 7982 } 7983 if (!arrow_used) 7984 { 7985 /* 7986 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 7987 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 7988 * when "count" is non-zero. 7989 */ 7990 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 7991 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 7992 7993 /* 7994 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 7995 * interrupt now and then. 7996 */ 7997 if (*count > 0) 7998 { 7999 line_breakcheck(); 8000 if (got_int) 8001 *count = 0; 8002 } 8003 8004 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8005 { 8006 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8007 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8008 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8009 8010 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8011 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8012 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8013 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8014 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8015 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8016 } 8017 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); 8018 undisplay_dollar(); 8019 } 8020 8021 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8022 * indent */ 8023 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8024 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8025 8026 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8027 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8028 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8029 8030 /* 8031 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8032 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8033 */ 8034 if (!nomove 8035 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8036 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8037 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8038 #endif 8039 ) 8040 && (restart_edit == NUL 8041 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL 8042 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8043 && !VIsual_active 8044 #endif 8045 )) 8046 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8047 && !revins_on 8048 #endif 8049 ) 8050 { 8051 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8052 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8053 { 8054 oneleft(); 8055 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8056 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8057 } 8058 else 8059 #endif 8060 { 8061 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8062 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8063 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8064 if (has_mbyte) 8065 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8066 #endif 8067 } 8068 } 8069 8070 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8071 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8072 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8073 * well). */ 8074 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8075 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8076 im_set_active(FALSE); 8077 #endif 8078 8079 State = NORMAL; 8080 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8081 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8082 8083 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8084 setmouse(); 8085 #endif 8086 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8087 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8088 #endif 8089 8090 /* 8091 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8092 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8093 */ 8094 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8095 showmode(); 8096 else if (p_smd) 8097 MSG(""); 8098 8099 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8100 } 8101 8102 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8103 /* 8104 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8105 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8106 */ 8107 static void 8108 ins_ctrl_() 8109 { 8110 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8111 { 8112 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8113 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8114 } 8115 p_ri = !p_ri; 8116 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8117 if (revins_on) 8118 { 8119 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8120 revins_legal++; 8121 revins_chars = 0; 8122 undisplay_dollar(); 8123 } 8124 else 8125 revins_scol = -1; 8126 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8127 if (p_altkeymap) 8128 { 8129 /* 8130 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8131 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8132 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8133 */ 8134 arrow_used = TRUE; 8135 (void)stop_arrow(); 8136 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8137 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8138 State = INSERT; 8139 } 8140 else 8141 #endif 8142 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8143 showmode(); 8144 } 8145 #endif 8146 8147 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8148 /* 8149 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8150 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8151 */ 8152 static int 8153 ins_start_select(c) 8154 int c; 8155 { 8156 if (km_startsel) 8157 switch (c) 8158 { 8159 case K_KHOME: 8160 case K_KEND: 8161 case K_PAGEUP: 8162 case K_KPAGEUP: 8163 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8164 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8165 # ifdef MACOS 8166 case K_LEFT: 8167 case K_RIGHT: 8168 case K_UP: 8169 case K_DOWN: 8170 case K_END: 8171 case K_HOME: 8172 # endif 8173 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8174 break; 8175 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8176 case K_S_LEFT: 8177 case K_S_RIGHT: 8178 case K_S_UP: 8179 case K_S_DOWN: 8180 case K_S_END: 8181 case K_S_HOME: 8182 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8183 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8184 start_selection(); 8185 8186 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8187 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8188 if (mod_mask) 8189 { 8190 char_u buf[4]; 8191 8192 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8193 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8194 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8195 buf[3] = NUL; 8196 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8197 } 8198 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8199 return TRUE; 8200 } 8201 return FALSE; 8202 } 8203 #endif 8204 8205 /* 8206 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. 8207 */ 8208 static void 8209 ins_insert(replaceState) 8210 int replaceState; 8211 { 8212 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8213 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8214 { 8215 beep_flush(); 8216 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8217 return; 8218 } 8219 #endif 8220 8221 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8222 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8223 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8224 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8225 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8226 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8227 # endif 8228 "r"), 1); 8229 # endif 8230 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8231 #endif 8232 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8233 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8234 else 8235 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8236 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8237 showmode(); 8238 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8239 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8240 #endif 8241 } 8242 8243 /* 8244 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8245 */ 8246 static void 8247 ins_ctrl_o() 8248 { 8249 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8250 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8251 restart_edit = 'V'; 8252 else 8253 #endif 8254 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8255 restart_edit = 'R'; 8256 else 8257 restart_edit = 'I'; 8258 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8259 if (virtual_active()) 8260 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8261 else 8262 #endif 8263 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8264 } 8265 8266 /* 8267 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8268 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8269 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8270 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8271 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8272 */ 8273 static void 8274 ins_shift(c, lastc) 8275 int c; 8276 int lastc; 8277 { 8278 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8279 return; 8280 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8281 8282 /* 8283 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8284 */ 8285 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8286 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8287 { 8288 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8289 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8290 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8291 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8292 replace_pop_ins(); 8293 if (lastc == '^') 8294 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8295 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8296 } 8297 else 8298 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8299 8300 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8301 did_ai = FALSE; 8302 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8303 did_si = FALSE; 8304 can_si = FALSE; 8305 can_si_back = FALSE; 8306 #endif 8307 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8308 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8309 #endif 8310 } 8311 8312 static void 8313 ins_del() 8314 { 8315 int temp; 8316 8317 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8318 return; 8319 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8320 { 8321 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8322 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8323 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1), 8324 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL 8325 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL) 8326 vim_beep(); 8327 else 8328 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8329 } 8330 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8331 vim_beep(); 8332 did_ai = FALSE; 8333 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8334 did_si = FALSE; 8335 can_si = FALSE; 8336 can_si_back = FALSE; 8337 #endif 8338 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8339 } 8340 8341 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); 8342 8343 /* 8344 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8345 */ 8346 static void 8347 ins_bs_one(vcolp) 8348 colnr_T *vcolp; 8349 { 8350 dec_cursor(); 8351 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8352 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8353 { 8354 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8355 * Replace mode */ 8356 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8357 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8358 replace_do_bs(-1); 8359 } 8360 else 8361 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8362 } 8363 8364 /* 8365 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8366 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8367 */ 8368 static int 8369 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) 8370 int c; 8371 int mode; 8372 int *inserted_space_p; 8373 { 8374 linenr_T lnum; 8375 int cc; 8376 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8377 colnr_T save_col; 8378 colnr_T mincol; 8379 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8380 int in_indent; 8381 int oldState; 8382 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8383 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8384 #endif 8385 8386 /* 8387 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8388 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8389 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8390 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8391 */ 8392 if ( bufempty() 8393 || ( 8394 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8395 !revins_on && 8396 #endif 8397 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8398 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8399 && (arrow_used 8400 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8401 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) 8402 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8403 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8404 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8405 { 8406 vim_beep(); 8407 return FALSE; 8408 } 8409 8410 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8411 return FALSE; 8412 in_indent = inindent(0); 8413 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8414 if (in_indent) 8415 can_cindent = FALSE; 8416 #endif 8417 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8418 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8419 #endif 8420 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8421 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8422 inc_cursor(); 8423 #endif 8424 8425 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8426 /* Virtualedit: 8427 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8428 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8429 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8430 */ 8431 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8432 { 8433 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8434 { 8435 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8436 return TRUE; 8437 } 8438 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8439 { 8440 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8441 return TRUE; 8442 } 8443 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8444 } 8445 #endif 8446 8447 /* 8448 * delete newline! 8449 */ 8450 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8451 { 8452 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8453 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8454 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8455 || revins_on 8456 #endif 8457 ) 8458 { 8459 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8460 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8461 return FALSE; 8462 --Insstart.lnum; 8463 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8464 } 8465 /* 8466 * In replace mode: 8467 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8468 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8469 */ 8470 cc = -1; 8471 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8472 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8473 /* 8474 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8475 * cursor. 8476 */ 8477 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8478 { 8479 dec_cursor(); 8480 } 8481 else 8482 { 8483 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8484 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8485 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8486 #endif 8487 { 8488 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8489 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 8490 8491 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 8492 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 8493 * again when auto-formatting. */ 8494 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 8495 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 8496 { 8497 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 8498 TRUE); 8499 int len; 8500 8501 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 8502 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 8503 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 8504 } 8505 8506 (void)do_join(FALSE); 8507 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 8508 inc_cursor(); 8509 } 8510 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8511 else 8512 dec_cursor(); 8513 #endif 8514 8515 /* 8516 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 8517 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 8518 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 8519 * characters that NL replaced. 8520 */ 8521 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8522 { 8523 /* 8524 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 8525 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 8526 * avoiding showmatch(). 8527 */ 8528 oldState = State; 8529 State = NORMAL; 8530 /* 8531 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 8532 */ 8533 while (cc > 0) 8534 { 8535 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8536 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8537 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 8538 #else 8539 ins_char(cc); 8540 #endif 8541 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8542 cc = replace_pop(); 8543 } 8544 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 8545 replace_pop_ins(); 8546 State = oldState; 8547 } 8548 } 8549 did_ai = FALSE; 8550 } 8551 else 8552 { 8553 /* 8554 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 8555 */ 8556 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8557 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 8558 dec_cursor(); 8559 #endif 8560 mincol = 0; 8561 /* keep indent */ 8562 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 8563 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 8564 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8565 || cindent_on() 8566 #endif 8567 ) 8568 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8569 && !revins_on 8570 #endif 8571 ) 8572 { 8573 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8574 beginline(BL_WHITE); 8575 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 8576 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8577 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8578 } 8579 8580 /* 8581 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 8582 */ 8583 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 8584 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 8585 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 8586 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 8587 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 8588 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 8589 && (!*inserted_space_p 8590 || arrow_used)))))) 8591 { 8592 int ts; 8593 colnr_T vcol; 8594 colnr_T want_vcol; 8595 colnr_T start_vcol; 8596 8597 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 8598 if (p_sta && in_indent) 8599 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; 8600 else 8601 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; 8602 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 8603 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 8604 * the previous character. */ 8605 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8606 start_vcol = vcol; 8607 dec_cursor(); 8608 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 8609 inc_cursor(); 8610 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 8611 8612 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 8613 while (vcol > want_vcol 8614 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 8615 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8616 8617 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 8618 while (vcol < want_vcol) 8619 { 8620 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 8621 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8622 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8623 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8624 8625 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8626 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8627 ins_char(' '); 8628 else 8629 #endif 8630 { 8631 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 8632 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 8633 replace_push(NUL); 8634 } 8635 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8636 } 8637 8638 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 8639 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 8640 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 8641 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8642 } 8643 8644 /* 8645 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 8646 */ 8647 else do 8648 { 8649 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8650 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 8651 #endif 8652 dec_cursor(); 8653 8654 /* start of word? */ 8655 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) 8656 { 8657 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 8658 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); 8659 } 8660 /* end of word? */ 8661 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 8662 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) 8663 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) 8664 { 8665 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8666 if (!revins_on) 8667 #endif 8668 inc_cursor(); 8669 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8670 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8671 dec_cursor(); 8672 #endif 8673 break; 8674 } 8675 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8676 replace_do_bs(-1); 8677 else 8678 { 8679 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8680 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 8681 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 8682 #endif 8683 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8684 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8685 /* 8686 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 8687 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 8688 * character. 8689 */ 8690 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 8691 inc_cursor(); 8692 #endif 8693 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8694 if (revins_chars) 8695 { 8696 revins_chars--; 8697 revins_legal++; 8698 } 8699 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 8700 break; 8701 #endif 8702 } 8703 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 8704 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8705 break; 8706 } while ( 8707 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8708 revins_on || 8709 #endif 8710 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 8711 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8712 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); 8713 did_backspace = TRUE; 8714 } 8715 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8716 did_si = FALSE; 8717 can_si = FALSE; 8718 can_si_back = FALSE; 8719 #endif 8720 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 8721 did_ai = FALSE; 8722 /* 8723 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 8724 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 8725 * with. 8726 */ 8727 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8728 8729 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 8730 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8731 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8732 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8733 8734 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 8735 * was there remains visible 8736 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 8737 * was there is erased from the screen. 8738 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 8739 * displayed even when there isn't. 8740 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 8741 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) 8742 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 8743 8744 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8745 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 8746 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 8747 * char before a Tab. */ 8748 if (did_backspace) 8749 foldOpenCursor(); 8750 #endif 8751 8752 return did_backspace; 8753 } 8754 8755 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8756 static void 8757 ins_mouse(c) 8758 int c; 8759 { 8760 pos_T tpos; 8761 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8762 8763 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8764 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 8765 if (!gui.in_use) 8766 # endif 8767 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 8768 return; 8769 8770 undisplay_dollar(); 8771 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8772 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 8773 { 8774 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8775 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 8776 8777 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 8778 { 8779 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 8780 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 8781 curwin = old_curwin; 8782 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8783 } 8784 #endif 8785 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 8786 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8787 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 8788 { 8789 curwin = new_curwin; 8790 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8791 } 8792 #endif 8793 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8794 can_cindent = TRUE; 8795 # endif 8796 } 8797 8798 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8799 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 8800 redraw_statuslines(); 8801 #endif 8802 } 8803 8804 static void 8805 ins_mousescroll(up) 8806 int up; 8807 { 8808 pos_T tpos; 8809 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8810 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8811 # endif 8812 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8813 int did_scroll = FALSE; 8814 # endif 8815 8816 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8817 8818 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8819 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ 8820 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 8821 { 8822 int row, col; 8823 8824 row = mouse_row; 8825 col = mouse_col; 8826 8827 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 8828 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 8829 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8830 } 8831 if (curwin == old_curwin) 8832 # endif 8833 undisplay_dollar(); 8834 8835 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8836 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 8837 if (!pum_visible() 8838 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8839 || curwin != old_curwin 8840 # endif 8841 ) 8842 # endif 8843 { 8844 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 8845 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 8846 else 8847 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); 8848 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8849 did_scroll = TRUE; 8850 # endif 8851 } 8852 8853 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8854 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8855 8856 curwin = old_curwin; 8857 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8858 # endif 8859 8860 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8861 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 8862 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 8863 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 8864 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 8865 { 8866 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 8867 ins_compl_show_pum(); 8868 } 8869 # endif 8870 8871 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 8872 { 8873 start_arrow(&tpos); 8874 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8875 can_cindent = TRUE; 8876 # endif 8877 } 8878 } 8879 #endif 8880 8881 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 8882 static void 8883 ins_tabline(c) 8884 int c; 8885 { 8886 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 8887 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 8888 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 8889 { 8890 undisplay_dollar(); 8891 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 8892 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8893 can_cindent = TRUE; 8894 # endif 8895 } 8896 8897 if (c == K_TABLINE) 8898 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 8899 else 8900 { 8901 handle_tabmenu(); 8902 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 8903 } 8904 } 8905 #endif 8906 8907 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 8908 void 8909 ins_scroll() 8910 { 8911 pos_T tpos; 8912 8913 undisplay_dollar(); 8914 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8915 if (gui_do_scroll()) 8916 { 8917 start_arrow(&tpos); 8918 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8919 can_cindent = TRUE; 8920 # endif 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 void 8925 ins_horscroll() 8926 { 8927 pos_T tpos; 8928 8929 undisplay_dollar(); 8930 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8931 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) 8932 { 8933 start_arrow(&tpos); 8934 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8935 can_cindent = TRUE; 8936 # endif 8937 } 8938 } 8939 #endif 8940 8941 static void 8942 ins_left() 8943 { 8944 pos_T tpos; 8945 8946 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8947 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 8948 foldOpenCursor(); 8949 #endif 8950 undisplay_dollar(); 8951 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8952 if (oneleft() == OK) 8953 { 8954 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 8955 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 8956 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 8957 if (!im_is_preediting()) 8958 #endif 8959 start_arrow(&tpos); 8960 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8961 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 8962 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 8963 revins_legal++; 8964 revins_chars++; 8965 #endif 8966 } 8967 8968 /* 8969 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 8970 * previous line 8971 */ 8972 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 8973 { 8974 start_arrow(&tpos); 8975 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 8976 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 8977 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 8978 } 8979 else 8980 vim_beep(); 8981 } 8982 8983 static void 8984 ins_home(c) 8985 int c; 8986 { 8987 pos_T tpos; 8988 8989 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8990 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 8991 foldOpenCursor(); 8992 #endif 8993 undisplay_dollar(); 8994 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8995 if (c == K_C_HOME) 8996 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 8997 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 8998 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8999 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9000 #endif 9001 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9002 start_arrow(&tpos); 9003 } 9004 9005 static void 9006 ins_end(c) 9007 int c; 9008 { 9009 pos_T tpos; 9010 9011 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9012 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9013 foldOpenCursor(); 9014 #endif 9015 undisplay_dollar(); 9016 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9017 if (c == K_C_END) 9018 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9019 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9020 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9021 9022 start_arrow(&tpos); 9023 } 9024 9025 static void 9026 ins_s_left() 9027 { 9028 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9029 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9030 foldOpenCursor(); 9031 #endif 9032 undisplay_dollar(); 9033 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9034 { 9035 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9036 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9037 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9038 } 9039 else 9040 vim_beep(); 9041 } 9042 9043 static void 9044 ins_right() 9045 { 9046 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9047 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9048 foldOpenCursor(); 9049 #endif 9050 undisplay_dollar(); 9051 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9052 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9053 || virtual_active() 9054 #endif 9055 ) 9056 { 9057 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9058 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9059 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9060 if (virtual_active()) 9061 oneright(); 9062 else 9063 #endif 9064 { 9065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9066 if (has_mbyte) 9067 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9068 else 9069 #endif 9070 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9071 } 9072 9073 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9074 revins_legal++; 9075 if (revins_chars) 9076 revins_chars--; 9077 #endif 9078 } 9079 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9080 * cursor to the next line */ 9081 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9082 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9083 { 9084 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9085 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9086 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9087 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9088 } 9089 else 9090 vim_beep(); 9091 } 9092 9093 static void 9094 ins_s_right() 9095 { 9096 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9097 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9098 foldOpenCursor(); 9099 #endif 9100 undisplay_dollar(); 9101 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9102 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9103 { 9104 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9105 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9106 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9107 } 9108 else 9109 vim_beep(); 9110 } 9111 9112 static void 9113 ins_up(startcol) 9114 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9115 { 9116 pos_T tpos; 9117 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9118 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9119 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9120 #endif 9121 9122 undisplay_dollar(); 9123 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9124 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9125 { 9126 if (startcol) 9127 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9128 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9129 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9130 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9131 #endif 9132 ) 9133 redraw_later(VALID); 9134 start_arrow(&tpos); 9135 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9136 can_cindent = TRUE; 9137 #endif 9138 } 9139 else 9140 vim_beep(); 9141 } 9142 9143 static void 9144 ins_pageup() 9145 { 9146 pos_T tpos; 9147 9148 undisplay_dollar(); 9149 9150 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9151 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9152 { 9153 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9154 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9155 { 9156 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9157 goto_tabpage(-1); 9158 } 9159 return; 9160 } 9161 #endif 9162 9163 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9164 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9165 { 9166 start_arrow(&tpos); 9167 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9168 can_cindent = TRUE; 9169 #endif 9170 } 9171 else 9172 vim_beep(); 9173 } 9174 9175 static void 9176 ins_down(startcol) 9177 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9178 { 9179 pos_T tpos; 9180 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9181 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9182 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9183 #endif 9184 9185 undisplay_dollar(); 9186 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9187 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9188 { 9189 if (startcol) 9190 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9191 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9192 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9193 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9194 #endif 9195 ) 9196 redraw_later(VALID); 9197 start_arrow(&tpos); 9198 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9199 can_cindent = TRUE; 9200 #endif 9201 } 9202 else 9203 vim_beep(); 9204 } 9205 9206 static void 9207 ins_pagedown() 9208 { 9209 pos_T tpos; 9210 9211 undisplay_dollar(); 9212 9213 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9214 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9215 { 9216 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9217 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9218 { 9219 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9220 goto_tabpage(0); 9221 } 9222 return; 9223 } 9224 #endif 9225 9226 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9227 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9228 { 9229 start_arrow(&tpos); 9230 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9231 can_cindent = TRUE; 9232 #endif 9233 } 9234 else 9235 vim_beep(); 9236 } 9237 9238 #ifdef FEAT_DND 9239 static void 9240 ins_drop() 9241 { 9242 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9243 } 9244 #endif 9245 9246 /* 9247 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9248 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9249 */ 9250 static int 9251 ins_tab() 9252 { 9253 int ind; 9254 int i; 9255 int temp; 9256 9257 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9258 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9259 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9260 return FALSE; 9261 9262 ind = inindent(0); 9263 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9264 if (ind) 9265 can_cindent = FALSE; 9266 #endif 9267 9268 /* 9269 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9270 */ 9271 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9272 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) 9273 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) 9274 return TRUE; 9275 9276 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9277 return TRUE; 9278 9279 did_ai = FALSE; 9280 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9281 did_si = FALSE; 9282 can_si = FALSE; 9283 can_si_back = FALSE; 9284 #endif 9285 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9286 9287 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9288 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; 9289 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9290 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; 9291 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9292 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9293 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9294 9295 /* 9296 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9297 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9298 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9299 */ 9300 ins_char(' '); 9301 while (--temp > 0) 9302 { 9303 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9304 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9305 ins_char(' '); 9306 else 9307 #endif 9308 { 9309 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9310 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9311 replace_push(NUL); 9312 } 9313 } 9314 9315 /* 9316 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9317 */ 9318 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) 9319 { 9320 char_u *ptr; 9321 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9322 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9323 pos_T pos; 9324 #endif 9325 pos_T fpos; 9326 pos_T *cursor; 9327 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9328 int change_col = -1; 9329 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9330 9331 /* 9332 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9333 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9334 */ 9335 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9336 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9337 { 9338 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9339 cursor = &pos; 9340 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9341 if (saved_line == NULL) 9342 return FALSE; 9343 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9344 } 9345 else 9346 #endif 9347 { 9348 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9349 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9350 } 9351 9352 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9353 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9354 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9355 9356 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9357 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9358 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9359 { 9360 --fpos.col; 9361 --ptr; 9362 } 9363 9364 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9365 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9366 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9367 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9368 { 9369 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9370 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9371 } 9372 9373 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9374 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9375 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9376 9377 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and 9378 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9379 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9380 { 9381 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9382 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9383 break; 9384 if (*ptr != TAB) 9385 { 9386 *ptr = TAB; 9387 if (change_col < 0) 9388 { 9389 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9390 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9391 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9392 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9393 } 9394 } 9395 ++fpos.col; 9396 ++ptr; 9397 vcol += i; 9398 } 9399 9400 if (change_col >= 0) 9401 { 9402 int repl_off = 0; 9403 9404 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9405 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9406 { 9407 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); 9408 ++ptr; 9409 ++repl_off; 9410 } 9411 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9412 { 9413 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9414 --ptr; 9415 --repl_off; 9416 } 9417 fpos.col += repl_off; 9418 9419 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9420 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9421 if (i > 0) 9422 { 9423 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9424 /* correct replace stack. */ 9425 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9426 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9427 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9428 #endif 9429 ) 9430 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9431 replace_join(repl_off); 9432 } 9433 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9434 if (usingNetbeans) 9435 { 9436 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9437 (long)(i + 1)); 9438 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9439 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9440 } 9441 #endif 9442 cursor->col -= i; 9443 9444 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9445 /* 9446 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 9447 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 9448 * spacing. 9449 */ 9450 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9451 { 9452 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 9453 backspace_until_column(change_col); 9454 9455 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 9456 * ptr-cursor */ 9457 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 9458 cursor->col - change_col); 9459 } 9460 #endif 9461 } 9462 9463 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9464 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9465 vim_free(saved_line); 9466 #endif 9467 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 9468 } 9469 9470 return FALSE; 9471 } 9472 9473 /* 9474 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 9475 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 9476 */ 9477 static int 9478 ins_eol(c) 9479 int c; 9480 { 9481 int i; 9482 9483 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 9484 return FALSE; 9485 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9486 return TRUE; 9487 undisplay_dollar(); 9488 9489 /* 9490 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 9491 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 9492 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 9493 */ 9494 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9495 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9496 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9497 #endif 9498 ) 9499 replace_push(NUL); 9500 9501 /* 9502 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 9503 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 9504 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 9505 * in open_line(). 9506 */ 9507 9508 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9509 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 9510 * CTRL-O). */ 9511 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9512 coladvance(getviscol()); 9513 #endif 9514 9515 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9516 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 9517 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 9518 fkmap(NL); 9519 # endif 9520 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 9521 * current line. */ 9522 if (revins_on) 9523 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 9524 #endif 9525 9526 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 9527 i = open_line(FORWARD, 9528 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9529 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 9530 #endif 9531 0, old_indent); 9532 old_indent = 0; 9533 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9534 can_cindent = TRUE; 9535 #endif 9536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9537 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 9538 foldOpenCursor(); 9539 #endif 9540 9541 return (!i); 9542 } 9543 9544 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 9545 /* 9546 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 9547 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 9548 * done. 9549 */ 9550 static int 9551 ins_digraph() 9552 { 9553 int c; 9554 int cc; 9555 9556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 9557 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9558 { 9559 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9560 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9561 9562 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 9563 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9564 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 9565 #endif 9566 } 9567 9568 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 9569 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 9570 #endif 9571 9572 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 9573 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 9574 ++no_mapping; 9575 ++allow_keys; 9576 c = plain_vgetc(); 9577 --no_mapping; 9578 --allow_keys; 9579 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 9580 { 9581 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9582 clear_showcmd(); 9583 #endif 9584 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9585 return NUL; 9586 } 9587 if (c != ESC) 9588 { 9589 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9590 { 9591 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9592 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9593 9594 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 9595 { 9596 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing 9597 * an ESC next */ 9598 edit_unputchar(); 9599 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9600 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 9601 } 9602 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9603 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 9604 #endif 9605 } 9606 ++no_mapping; 9607 ++allow_keys; 9608 cc = plain_vgetc(); 9609 --no_mapping; 9610 --allow_keys; 9611 if (cc != ESC) 9612 { 9613 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 9614 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 9615 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9616 clear_showcmd(); 9617 #endif 9618 return c; 9619 } 9620 } 9621 edit_unputchar(); 9622 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9623 clear_showcmd(); 9624 #endif 9625 return NUL; 9626 } 9627 #endif 9628 9629 /* 9630 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 9631 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 9632 */ 9633 static int 9634 ins_copychar(lnum) 9635 linenr_T lnum; 9636 { 9637 int c; 9638 int temp; 9639 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 9640 9641 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9642 { 9643 vim_beep(); 9644 return NUL; 9645 } 9646 9647 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 9648 temp = 0; 9649 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 9650 prev_ptr = ptr; 9651 validate_virtcol(); 9652 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 9653 { 9654 prev_ptr = ptr; 9655 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 9656 } 9657 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 9658 ptr = prev_ptr; 9659 9660 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9661 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 9662 #else 9663 c = *ptr; 9664 #endif 9665 if (c == NUL) 9666 vim_beep(); 9667 return c; 9668 } 9669 9670 /* 9671 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 9672 */ 9673 static int 9674 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) 9675 int tc; 9676 { 9677 int c = tc; 9678 9679 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9680 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 9681 { 9682 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 9683 scrolldown_clamp(); 9684 else 9685 scrollup_clamp(); 9686 redraw_later(VALID); 9687 } 9688 else 9689 #endif 9690 { 9691 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 9692 if (c != NUL) 9693 { 9694 long tw_save; 9695 9696 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 9697 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 9698 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 9699 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 9700 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 9701 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 9702 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 9703 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 9704 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9705 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 9706 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9707 revins_chars++; 9708 revins_legal++; 9709 #endif 9710 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 9711 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 9712 } 9713 } 9714 return c; 9715 } 9716 9717 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9718 /* 9719 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 9720 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 9721 */ 9722 static void 9723 ins_try_si(c) 9724 int c; 9725 { 9726 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 9727 char_u *ptr; 9728 int i; 9729 int temp; 9730 9731 /* 9732 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 9733 */ 9734 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 9735 { 9736 /* 9737 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 9738 */ 9739 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 9740 { 9741 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9742 /* 9743 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 9744 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 9745 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 9746 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 9747 * lines -- webb 9748 */ 9749 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 9750 i = pos->col; 9751 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 9752 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 9753 ; 9754 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 9755 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 9756 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 9757 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 9758 i = get_indent(); 9759 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9760 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9761 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9762 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 9763 else 9764 #endif 9765 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 9766 } 9767 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9768 { 9769 /* 9770 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 9771 * more than indent of previous line 9772 */ 9773 temp = TRUE; 9774 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9775 { 9776 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9777 i = get_indent(); 9778 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9779 { 9780 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 9781 9782 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 9783 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 9784 break; 9785 } 9786 if (get_indent() >= i) 9787 temp = FALSE; 9788 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9789 } 9790 if (temp) 9791 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 9792 } 9793 } 9794 9795 /* 9796 * set indent of '#' always to 0 9797 */ 9798 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 9799 { 9800 /* remember current indent for next line */ 9801 old_indent = get_indent(); 9802 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 9803 } 9804 9805 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 9806 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 9807 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9808 } 9809 #endif 9810 9811 /* 9812 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 9813 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 9814 */ 9815 static colnr_T 9816 get_nolist_virtcol() 9817 { 9818 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9819 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 9820 validate_virtcol(); 9821 return curwin->w_virtcol; 9822 } 9823